WO2018221798A1 - Camera driving device, photographing device, and flight apparatus - Google Patents

Camera driving device, photographing device, and flight apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018221798A1
WO2018221798A1 PCT/KR2017/013744 KR2017013744W WO2018221798A1 WO 2018221798 A1 WO2018221798 A1 WO 2018221798A1 KR 2017013744 W KR2017013744 W KR 2017013744W WO 2018221798 A1 WO2018221798 A1 WO 2018221798A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
driving member
axis
wire
disposed
substrate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2017/013744
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Other versions
WO2018221798A8 (en
Inventor
이준택
안영주
이광재
Original Assignee
엘지이노텍 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020170068592A external-priority patent/KR102371337B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020170109852A external-priority patent/KR102411121B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020170109854A external-priority patent/KR102422322B1/en
Application filed by 엘지이노텍 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지이노텍 주식회사
Priority to CN201780091515.9A priority Critical patent/CN111032513B/en
Publication of WO2018221798A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018221798A1/en
Publication of WO2018221798A8 publication Critical patent/WO2018221798A8/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B64AIRCRAFT; AVIATION; COSMONAUTICS
    • B64UUNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLES [UAV]; EQUIPMENT THEREFOR
    • B64U20/00Constructional aspects of UAVs
    • B64U20/80Arrangement of on-board electronics, e.g. avionics systems or wiring
    • B64U20/87Mounting of imaging devices, e.g. mounting of gimbals
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16MFRAMES, CASINGS OR BEDS OF ENGINES, MACHINES OR APPARATUS, NOT SPECIFIC TO ENGINES, MACHINES OR APPARATUS PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; STANDS; SUPPORTS
    • F16M11/00Stands or trestles as supports for apparatus or articles placed thereon Stands for scientific apparatus such as gravitational force meters
    • F16M11/02Heads
    • F16M11/04Means for attachment of apparatus; Means allowing adjustment of the apparatus relatively to the stand
    • F16M11/06Means for attachment of apparatus; Means allowing adjustment of the apparatus relatively to the stand allowing pivoting
    • F16M11/12Means for attachment of apparatus; Means allowing adjustment of the apparatus relatively to the stand allowing pivoting in more than one direction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B15/00Special procedures for taking photographs; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B17/00Details of cameras or camera bodies; Accessories therefor
    • G03B17/56Accessories
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B64AIRCRAFT; AVIATION; COSMONAUTICS
    • B64UUNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLES [UAV]; EQUIPMENT THEREFOR
    • B64U10/00Type of UAV
    • B64U10/10Rotorcrafts
    • B64U10/13Flying platforms
    • B64U10/16Flying platforms with five or more distinct rotor axes, e.g. octocopters

Definitions

  • This embodiment relates to a camera driving device, an imaging device, and a flying device.
  • Drones are unmanned aerial vehicles equipped with camera modules, sensors, and communication systems.
  • drones have been expanded to use in combination with camera modules and sensor modules according to various needs of consumers, such as aerial photography, measurement and kidult products.
  • the shooting range can be easily changed or the vibration generated by the drone's flight can be canceled. .
  • the camera driving device is a device for changing the shooting range or control the posture by driving the camera mounted on the drone. Recently, research has been conducted on a driving device that rotates a camera module (pitch, yaw, roll control) using a shape memory alloy (SMA).
  • a driving device that rotates a camera module (pitch, yaw, roll control) using a shape memory alloy (SMA).
  • SMA shape memory alloy
  • the first embodiment provides a camera driving apparatus capable of controlling a posture of a camera module, an imaging apparatus equipped with the camera driving apparatus, and a flying apparatus equipped with the imaging apparatus.
  • a camera driving device capable of rotationally driving a camera module with a minimum amount of deformation of a shape memory alloy and a flying device including the same are provided.
  • the camera driving device of the first embodiment includes a movable part; And a first driving member and a second driving member disposed symmetrically with respect to the center of the movable part, wherein the first driving member includes a first wire extending in a first axial direction, and the second driving member includes: And a third wire extending in a first axial direction, wherein the first wire and the third wire are shape memory alloys, and the movable portion is formed by deformation of the first driving member or the second driving member. It may rotate about a second axis perpendicular to one axis.
  • the movable part includes a first catching part and a second catching part that face each other, and the first driving member is spaced apart from the first wire from the first ring part and the first ring part caught by the first catching part. And a second wire extending in the first axial direction, wherein the second driving member is spaced apart from the second wire by a second ring portion caught in the locking portion and the third wire from the second ring portion. And a fourth wire extending in a direction, wherein the second wire and the fourth wire may be a shape memory alloy.
  • the apparatus may further include a substrate part electrically connected to the first driving member and the second driving member.
  • the temperature of the first driving member and the second driving member may be controlled by a power applied to the first driving member and the second driving member.
  • a third driving member disposed between the first driving member and the second driving member; And a fourth driving member spaced apart from the third driving member and disposed between the first driving member and the second driving member, wherein the third driving member and the fourth driving member are connected to each other by the temperature.
  • the shape is controlled in the axial direction, and the movable part may rotate a third axis inclined to both the first axis and the second axis by the shape of the at least one of the third driving member and the fourth driving member to the rotation axis. Can be.
  • the third axis may be perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
  • the first shaft may be rotated by a rotation axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member.
  • the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction.
  • the photographing apparatus of the first embodiment includes a movable part in which a camera module is disposed; And a first driving member and a second driving member spaced apart from each other in the movable part, wherein the shape of the first driving member and the second driving member is controlled in a first axis direction by a temperature, and the movable part is The second axis perpendicular to the first axis may be rotated as the rotation axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the first driving member and the second driving member.
  • the flight apparatus of the first embodiment includes a main body; A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; And a driving photographing apparatus disposed at the other side of the main body, wherein the photographing apparatus comprises: a movable part in which a camera module is disposed; And a first driving member and a second driving member spaced apart from each other in the movable part, wherein the shape of the first driving member and the second driving member is controlled in a first axial direction by a temperature, and the movable part is The second axis perpendicular to the first axis may be rotated as the rotation axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the first driving member and the second driving member.
  • the camera driving apparatus of the second embodiment includes a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature,
  • the distance between the point at which the first driving member is connected and the point at which the support member is connected to the second driving member is the distance between the point at which the substrate and the first driving member are connected and the point at which the substrate and the second driving member are connected. It can be longer.
  • the first driving member and the second driving member may be disposed to be inclined with the supporting member such that a distance between the first driving member and the second driving member is closer to the supporting member from the substrate.
  • An inclination angle of the first driving member and the second driving member with the support member may be 15 ° to 20 °.
  • the support member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axial direction, the first drive member and the second drive member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the movable member is disposed in the first drive.
  • the shape of at least one of the member and the second driving member may be rotated based on a third axis perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
  • a third driving member and a fourth driving member which connect the supporting member and the substrate and whose shape is controlled according to a temperature, wherein the supporting member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axial direction, and the first driving is performed.
  • the member and the second driving member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the third driving member and the fourth driving member are respectively perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
  • the movable member may be rotated about the second axis by controlling the shape of the third driving member and the fourth driving member.
  • the third driving member and the fourth driving member may be disposed to be inclined with the supporting member such that a distance between the third driving member and the fourth driving member is closer to the supporting member from the substrate.
  • a fifth driving member and a sixth driving member which connect the supporting member and the substrate and whose shape is controlled according to a temperature, wherein the supporting member is formed of the first driving member and the second driving member;
  • a first support part, a second support part on which the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are disposed, and the substrate includes a first substrate part and the fifth driving part on which the first driving member and the second driving member are disposed.
  • the second support portion and the second substrate portion are spaced apart in the second axial direction, and the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction. Spaced in the direction of the third axis perpendicular to both axes The distance between the point at which the second support part is connected to the fifth driving member and the point at which the second support part is connected to the sixth driving member is equal to the point at which the second substrate part is connected to the fifth driving member and the second substrate. Longer than the distance between the part and the point where the sixth driving member is connected, the movable member may be rotated with respect to the first axis by the shape control of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member.
  • the rotary joint includes a ball disposed inside the movable member, and a support column extending from the ball to the first substrate portion,
  • the movable member may be rotatably coupled to the ball.
  • the first support part may be spaced apart from the rotation center of the movable member in a first axial direction, and the second support part may be disposed at the same position in the first axial direction as the rotation center of the movable member.
  • the flying device of the second embodiment includes a main body; A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; A camera driving device disposed on the other side of the main body, wherein the camera driving device comprises: a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature,
  • the distance between the point at which the first driving member is connected and the point at which the support member is connected to the second driving member is the distance between the point at which the substrate and the first driving member are connected and the point at which the substrate and the second driving member are connected. It can be longer.
  • the camera driving apparatus of the second embodiment includes a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature, It may have a three-dimensional spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the substrate.
  • the electronic device may further include a first conductive member disposed on the support member, wherein one side of the first driving member and the second driving member may be electrically connected to the substrate, and the other side may be electrically connected to the first conductive member.
  • a second fixing member including a first coupling member coupled to the support member and including a hole in which the first driving member is disposed, and a second coupling member coupling the support member and a hole in which the second driving member is disposed.
  • the support member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axial direction, the first drive member and the second drive member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the movable member is disposed in the first drive.
  • the shape of at least one of the member and the second driving member may be rotated based on a third axis perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
  • a third driving member and a fourth driving member having a spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the supporting member and the substrate and having a shape controlled according to a temperature, and connecting the supporting member and the substrate.
  • the support member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axis direction
  • the first drive member and the second drive member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis
  • the third drive member and the third drive member are spaced apart from each other.
  • the fourth driving member is spaced apart in the third axis direction perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis
  • the movable member is referred to the second axis by the shape control of the third driving member and the fourth driving member. Can rotate.
  • the electronic device may further include a first conductive member disposed on the support member, wherein one side of the third driving member and the fourth driving member may be electrically connected to the substrate, and the other side may be electrically connected to the first conductive member. .
  • the support member may include a first support portion on which the first driving member and the second driving member are disposed, and a second support portion on which the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are disposed, and the substrate may include the first driving member.
  • first driving member and the second driving member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, the second support part and the second substrate part are spaced apart in the second axis direction,
  • the sixth driving member is spaced apart in the third axis direction perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis, and the movable member is controlled by the shape control of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member. Can rotate around the axis.
  • the rotary joint includes a ball disposed inside the movable member, and a support column extending from the ball to the first substrate portion,
  • the movable member may be rotatably coupled to the ball.
  • the first support part may be spaced apart from the rotation center of the movable member in a first axial direction, and the second support part may be disposed at the same position in the first axial direction as the rotation center of the movable member.
  • the flying device of the second embodiment includes a main body; A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; A camera driving device disposed on the other side of the main body, wherein the camera driving device comprises: a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature, It may be in the form of a spiral having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the substrate.
  • the camera module may be pitch, yaw, and roll controlled. Furthermore, the camera driving apparatus of the first embodiment has an advantage of controlling three-axis rotation with a simple and light structure by using a shape-memory alloy (SMA).
  • SMA shape-memory alloy
  • the camera drive device of the second embodiment is disposed between the support member and the substrate and rotationally drives the camera module by a pair of drive members whose shape is controlled in accordance with temperature.
  • the pair of drive members are disposed inclined such that the spacing in the support member is longer than the spacing in the substrate. According to the inclined arrangement of the drive member, the amount of deformation of the drive member during rotation of the camera module is minimized, which is advantageous in terms of electronic control and structural design.
  • the camera drive device of the second embodiment can secure the maximum “change amount of length” according to "change amount of shape” by a spiral drive member.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a flight apparatus of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of a photographing apparatus of the first embodiment.
  • FIG 3 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of the first embodiment with the cover member removed.
  • FIG 4 to 6 are perspective views showing the driving of the camera driving apparatus of the first embodiment.
  • Fig. 7 is a graph showing the change in length depending on the temperature of the shape memory alloy used in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view showing the flight device of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment.
  • Fig. 10 is an exploded perspective view showing the imaging device of the second embodiment.
  • Fig. 11 is a sectional view showing the drive device of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is an exploded perspective view showing the supporting member, the conductive member, and the fixing member of the second embodiment.
  • Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment without a cover and a substrate.
  • FIG. 14 is a conceptual view showing that the driving member of the second embodiment is disposed to be inclined.
  • Fig. 15 is a conceptual diagram showing the effect of the inclined arrangement of the drive member of the second embodiment.
  • first, second, A, B, (a), and (b) may be used. These terms are only for distinguishing the components from other components, and the nature, order or order of the components are not limited by the terms.
  • first axis is defined as “x axis” shown in the drawing.
  • first axis direction may be defined as “front and rear direction”, and the direction in which “x” is located in the rectangular coordinate system on the drawing may be “forward”.
  • second axis is defined as the “y axis” shown in the figure.
  • the “second axis direction” may be defined as an “up and down direction”, and the direction in which “y” is located in the rectangular coordinate system on the drawing may be “up side”.
  • third axis is defined as "z-axis” shown in the figure. In this case, the “third axis direction” may be defined as the “left and right directions”, and the direction in which “z” is located in the rectangular coordinate system on the drawing may be “right”.
  • first axis”, “second axis”, and “third axis” may be disposed perpendicular to each other along the Cartesian coordinate system. That is, the “first axis” and the “second axis” may be perpendicular to each other, and the “third axis” may be disposed perpendicularly to both the “first axis” and the “second axis”.
  • this arrangement is only an example for convenience of description, and does not mean that the “first axis”, “second axis”, and “third axis” must be vertically disposed.
  • first axis and “second axis” are disposed to be inclined with each other at an angle other than 90 °, and the “third axis” is inclined at an angle other than 90 ° with both the "first axis” and the second axis. It may be arranged.
  • the flying device 1 of this embodiment is demonstrated with reference to drawings.
  • 1 is a perspective view showing a flight device of the present embodiment.
  • the flight device 1 may be an unmanned drone.
  • the user can control the flight device 1 by a wireless terminal (not shown).
  • the flight device 1 may include a main body 10, a driving unit 20, and a photographing device 1000.
  • the main body 10 may be an exterior member, and the driving unit 20 may be disposed at one side of the main body 10, and the imaging apparatus 1000 may be disposed at the other side (below) of the main body 10.
  • an electronic control unit ECU, Electric Control Unit, not shown
  • ECU Electric Control Unit
  • the driving unit 20 may be a plurality of propeller units disposed symmetrically with respect to the vertical axis of the main body 10.
  • the main body 10 can fly by the rotation of the propeller.
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 may be disposed under the main body 10.
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 may change the posture of the camera module 910. Accordingly, the camera module 910 may cancel the vibration generated when the flight device 1 is flying. As a result, the camera module 910 may perform imaging while maintaining the upright state. In addition, the camera module 910 may change the shooting range.
  • the electronic control unit can communicate wirelessly with a wireless terminal controlled by the user.
  • the electronic control unit may be electrically connected to various electronic components and the photographing apparatus 1000 of the flying device 1.
  • the electronic control unit may wirelessly communicate with a wireless terminal controlled by a user, receive various control signals, transmit the same to the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 1000, and control the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 1000. For example, when the electronic control unit receives a signal for changing the photographing range of the camera module 910 from the wireless terminal, the electronic control unit may control the photographing apparatus 1000 to rotate the camera module 910. As a result, the photographing range of the camera module 910 may be changed.
  • the electronic control unit determines the shaking of the camera module 910 caused by the flight of the flying device 1 and, accordingly, controls the photographing apparatus 1000 to rotate the camera module 910 to cancel the shaking. Can be.
  • the camera module 910 may perform imaging in an established state.
  • a gyro sensor (not shown), an acceleration sensor (not shown), or the like may be embedded in the camera module 910 or may be mounted on the substrate 920 of the photographing apparatus 1000.
  • the electronic control unit may be electrically connected to the gyro sensor or the acceleration sensor to determine the shaking of the camera module 910.
  • the position of the electronic control unit is not limited to the flying device 1. That is, the electronic control unit may be embedded in the flight device 1 or may be mounted in the form of a chip on the substrate 920 of the imaging apparatus 1000.
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 may be a “camera driving apparatus” on which the camera module 910 is mounted. That is, the photographing apparatus 1000 in which the camera module 910 is released may be referred to as a "camera driving apparatus.”
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 includes a cover member 100, a movable part 200, a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, and a third driving member 500. ), A fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, a sixth driving member 800, a camera module 910, and a substrate unit 920.
  • the cover member 100 is an exterior member of the photographing apparatus 1000.
  • the cover member 100 is provided with a movable part 200, a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, and a third driving member inside the cover member 100.
  • 500, a space for accommodating the fourth driving member 600, the fifth driving member 700, the sixth driving member 800, and the camera module 910 may be provided.
  • the substrate 920 bent or curved at 90 degrees may be disposed on the right side and the rear side of the cover member 100.
  • the movable part 200 may be accommodated in the cover member 100.
  • the camera module 910 may be disposed inside the movable unit 200.
  • the movable part 200 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member ( 800 can be driven to rotate.
  • the movable part 200 may rotate the second axis (y axis) to the rotation axis (yaw control).
  • the movable part 200 may rotate the third axis (z axis) to the rotation axis (roll control).
  • the movable part 200 may rotate the first axis (x axis) to the rotation axis (pitch control).
  • the camera module 910 may be disposed inside the movable unit 200.
  • the camera module 910 may be accommodated in the movable part 200.
  • the camera module 910 may rotate together when the movable unit 200 rotates. In this case, the attitude of the camera module 910 may be controlled.
  • the camera module 910 may perform shooting.
  • the camera module 910 may be referred to as a "camera.”
  • the substrate 920 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member. And may be electrically connected to 800.
  • the substrate 920 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member. Power may be applied to the 800.
  • the first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, the fourth driving member 600, the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 The temperature of is changed so that the shape can be controlled.
  • the camera module 910 may be electrically connected to the substrate 920 or the electronic control unit of the flying device 1 through a drawn conductive line (not shown) or wireless communication.
  • the image signal output from the camera module 910 may be stored in the camera module 910 or transmitted to a separate display device or an image signal storage device (eg, USB) through the substrate 920 or the electronic control unit.
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 in which the camera module 910 is excluded may be referred to as a "gimbal apparatus.”
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of this embodiment with the cover member removed.
  • the movable unit 200 may be hollow, and a camera module 910 may be disposed therein.
  • the movable part 200 may have a spherical shape with a front cut off.
  • the front surface of the movable unit 200 may be provided with a space in which the camera module 910 is mounted.
  • the movable unit 200 may include an elastic pillar connected to the substrate unit 920 at the rear portion.
  • the movable part 200 may be elastically supported by the substrate part 920 by an elastic pillar.
  • the movable part 200 can be driven to rotate by elastic deformation.
  • the movable part 200 may rotate by the driving member.
  • the camera module 910 may be driven to rotate integrally with the movable part 200.
  • the movable part 200 includes a first ring part 211, a second ring part 212, a third ring part 213, a fourth ring part 214, a fifth ring part 215, and a sixth ring part ( 216).
  • the first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212 may be symmetrically disposed with respect to the first axial center axis (front and rear direction central axis) of the movable part 200.
  • the first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212 may be disposed on the left side and the right side of the front surface of the movable portion 200, respectively. In this case, the first ring portion 211 may be disposed on the left side, and the second ring portion 212 may be disposed on the right side.
  • the first driving member 300 may be caught by the first ring portion 211 to apply a tension.
  • the second driving member 400 is caught by the second ring portion 212, and tension may be applied.
  • the third ring portion 213 and the fourth ring portion 214 are spaced apart from the first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212, so that the first axis in the first axis direction of the movable portion 200 (fore and aft center) Axes) can be arranged symmetrically with respect to one another.
  • the third ring portion 213 and the fourth ring portion 214 may have the same phase with the first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212 in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the third ring portion 213 and the fourth ring portion 214 may be disposed above and below the front surface of the movable portion 200, respectively.
  • the third ring portion 213 may be disposed below, and the fourth ring portion 214 may be disposed above.
  • the third driving member 500 may be caught by the third ring portion 213 to apply tension.
  • the fourth driving member 600 is caught by the fourth ring portion 214, and tension may be applied.
  • the first ring portion 211, the second ring portion 212, the third ring portion 213, and the fourth ring portion 214 are disposed in a flat ring-shaped frame, which is separately provided on the front surface of the movable portion 200. Can be.
  • the fifth ring portion 215 and the sixth ring portion 216 include the first ring portion 211, the second ring portion 212, the third ring portion 213, and the fourth ring portion 214 and the first ring portion 214. Spaced apart in the axial direction (front and rear direction), it can be disposed symmetrically with respect to the first axis direction central axis (front and rear direction central axis) of the movable part 200.
  • the fifth ring portion 215 and the sixth ring portion 216 include the first ring portion 211, the second ring portion 212, the third ring portion 213, and the fourth ring portion 214 and the first ring portion 214. It may have unequal phases in the axial direction (front and rear).
  • the fifth ring portion 215 and the sixth ring portion 216 may be disposed above and below the side surface of the movable portion 200, respectively. In this case, the fifth ring portion 215 may be disposed below, and the sixth ring portion 216 may be disposed above.
  • the fifth driving member 700 may be caught by the fifth ring portion 215 to apply tension.
  • the sixth driving member 800 may be caught by the sixth ring portion 216 to apply tension.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be disposed parallel to each other in the movable part 200.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be spaced apart from each other in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the first driving member 300 may be disposed on the left side
  • the second driving member 400 may be disposed on the right side.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be symmetrically disposed based on the first axis direction (front and rear direction) of the movable part 200.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may extend to the substrate portion 920.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may extend in the first axis direction (front and rear directions) to be electrically connected to the substrate 920.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axial direction (front and rear direction) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
  • the first driving member 300 may include a first catching part 310, a first wire 320, a second wire 330, and a first connector 340.
  • the first locking portion 310 may be hooked to the first ring portion 211 in an arc shape (center angle is 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
  • the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be disposed in parallel to each other.
  • the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be spaced apart in the second axis direction (up and down direction).
  • the first wire 320 may be disposed above and the second wire 330 may be disposed below.
  • the first wire 320 may extend from one end of the first catching part 310 to the substrate 920 or the first connector 340.
  • the first wire 320 may extend in the first axial direction (front and rear direction).
  • the second wire 330 may extend from the other end of the first catching part 310 to the substrate part 920 or the first connector 340.
  • the second wire 330 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
  • the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
  • the first connector 340 may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the first wire 320, and may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the second wire 330.
  • the first connector 340 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the first wire 320.
  • the first connector 340 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the second wire 330.
  • the first connector 340 may stably fix the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 to the substrate 920 like a support.
  • the second driving member 400 may include a second catching part 410, a third wire 420, a fourth wire 430, and a second connector 440.
  • the second locking portion 410 may be hooked to the second ring portion 212 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
  • the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be arranged in parallel with each other.
  • the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction (up and down direction).
  • the third wire 420 may be disposed above and the fourth wire 430 may be disposed below.
  • the third wire 420 may extend from one end of the second catching portion 410 to the substrate portion 920 or the second connector 440.
  • the third wire 420 may extend in the first axial direction (front and rear direction).
  • the fourth wire 430 may extend from the other end of the second catching part 410 to the substrate part 920 or the second connector 440.
  • the fourth wire 430 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
  • the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
  • the second connector 440 may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the third wire 420, and may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the fourth wire 430.
  • the second connector 440 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the third wire 420.
  • the second connector 440 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the fourth wire 430.
  • the second connector 440 may stably fix the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 to the substrate 920 like a support.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be disposed in parallel with each other on the movable part 200.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction (up and down direction). In this case, the third driving member 500 may be disposed below, and the fourth driving member 600 may be disposed above.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be symmetrically disposed with respect to the first axis direction (front and rear direction) of the movable part 200.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may extend to the substrate portion 920.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may extend in the first axis direction (front and rear direction) to be electrically connected to the substrate 920.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be spaced apart from each other and parallel to the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400. In this case, the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 have the same phase as the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 with respect to the first axis direction (front and rear direction). Can be.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axial direction (front and rear direction) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
  • the third driving member 500 may include a third locking portion 510, a fifth wire 520, a sixth wire 530, and a third connector 540.
  • the third locking portion 510 may be hooked to the third ring portion 213 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
  • the fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 may be disposed in parallel to each other.
  • the fifth and sixth wires 520 and 530 may be spaced apart from each other in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the fifth wire 520 may be disposed on the left side and the sixth wire 530 may be disposed on the right side.
  • the fifth wire 520 may extend from one end of the third catching portion 510 to the substrate portion 920 or the third connector 540.
  • the fifth wire 520 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
  • the sixth wire 530 may extend from the other end of the third catching part 510 to the substrate part 920 or the third connector 540.
  • the sixth wire 530 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
  • the fifth and sixth wires 520 and 530 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
  • the third connector 540 may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the fifth wire 520, and may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the sixth wire 530.
  • the third connector 540 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the fifth wire 520.
  • the third connector 540 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the sixth wire 530.
  • the third connector 540 may stably fix the fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 to the substrate 920 like a support.
  • the fourth driving member 600 may include a fourth locking part 610, a seventh wire 620, an eighth wire 630, and a fourth connector 640.
  • the fourth locking portion 610 may be hooked to the fourth ring portion 214 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
  • the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be disposed in parallel to each other.
  • the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be spaced apart in the third axis direction (left and right directions). In this case, the seventh wire 620 may be disposed on the left side, and the eighth wire 630 may be disposed on the right side.
  • the seventh wire 620 may extend from one end of the fourth locking portion 610 to the substrate portion 920 or the fourth connector 640. In this case, the seventh wire 620 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
  • the eighth wire 630 may extend from the other end of the fourth catching portion 610 to the substrate portion 920 or the fourth connector 640. In this case, the eighth wire 630 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
  • the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions).
  • the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
  • the fourth connector 640 may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the seventh wire 620 and may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the eighth wire 630.
  • the fourth connector 640 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the seventh wire 620.
  • the fourth connector 640 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the eighth wire 630.
  • the fourth connector 640 can stably fix the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 to the substrate unit 920, like a post.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be disposed parallel to each other on the movable part 200.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction (up and down direction). In this case, the fifth driving member 700 may be disposed below, and the sixth driving member 800 may be disposed above.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be disposed symmetrically with respect to the first axis direction (front and rear direction) of the movable part 200.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may extend to the substrate unit 920.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions) to be electrically connected to the substrate 920.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 are spaced apart from the first driving member 300, the second driving member 4000, the third driving member 500, and the fourth driving member 600. Can be arranged.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may extend or contract in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a third axis direction (left and right directions) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
  • the fifth driving member 700 may include a fifth locking portion 710, a ninth wire 720, a tenth wire 730, and a fifth connector 740.
  • the fifth locking portion 710 may be hooked to the fifth ring portion 215 in an arc shape (center angle is 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
  • the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be disposed in parallel to each other.
  • the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be spaced apart in the first axis direction (front and rear direction). In this case, the ninth wire 720 may be disposed at the rear and the tenth wire 730 may be disposed at the front.
  • the ninth wire 720 may extend from the one end of the fifth catching portion 710 to the substrate portion 920 or the fifth connector 740. In this case, the ninth wire 720 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the tenth wire 730 may extend from the other end of the fifth locking portion 710 to the substrate portion 920 or the fifth connector 740. In this case, the tenth wire 730 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may extend or contract in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a third axis direction (left and right directions) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
  • the fifth connector 740 may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the ninth wire 720, and may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the tenth wire 730.
  • the fifth connector 740 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the ninth wire 720.
  • the fifth connector 740 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the tenth wire 730.
  • the fifth connector 740 may stably fix the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 to the substrate unit 920, like a post.
  • the sixth driving member 800 may include a sixth locking portion 810, an eleventh wire 820, a twelfth wire 830, and a sixth connector 840.
  • the sixth locking portion 810 may be hooked to the sixth ring portion 216 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
  • the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be disposed in parallel to each other.
  • the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be spaced apart from each other in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). In this case, the eleventh wire 820 may be disposed at the rear and the twelfth wire 830 may be disposed at the front.
  • the eleventh wire 820 may extend from one end of the sixth catching portion 810 to the substrate portion 920 or the sixth connector 840. In this case, the eleventh wire 820 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the twelfth wire 830 may extend from the other end of the sixth catching part 810 to the substrate 920 or the sixth connector 840. In this case, the twelfth wire 830 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may extend or contract in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a third axis direction (left and right directions) by temperature.
  • the temperature of the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
  • the sixth connector 840 may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the eleventh wire 820, and may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the twelfth wire 830.
  • the sixth connector 840 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the eleventh wire 820.
  • the sixth connector 840 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the twelfth wire 830.
  • the sixth connector 840 can stably fix the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 to the substrate 920 like a support.
  • the substrate 920 may be a printed circuit board (PCB).
  • the substrate 920 may be formed to be bent or curved at 90 degrees.
  • the substrate unit 920 may include a first surface and a second surface.
  • the first surface of the substrate 920 may be disposed such that each surface faces a first axis direction (front and rear direction).
  • the first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, and the fourth driving member 600 may be connected to the first surface of the substrate 920.
  • the first connector 340, the second connector 440, the third connector 540, and the fourth connector 640 are mounted on the first surface of the substrate 920, and the first driving member 300 and the first connector 640 are mounted.
  • Each of the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, and the fourth driving member 600 includes a first connector 340, a second connector 440, a third connector 540, and a fourth connector 640.
  • Each of the first and second substrates may be electrically connected to the first surface of the substrate 920.
  • the first surface of the substrate 920 may be exposed from the cover member 100 to form a rear surface of the photographing apparatus 1000.
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 or the flight apparatus 1 is provided with a separate exterior member (not shown) surrounding the first surface of the substrate 920 to prevent the first surface of the substrate 920 from being exposed to the outside. can do.
  • the second surface of the substrate 920 may be disposed such that each surface faces a third axis direction (left and right directions).
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be connected to the second surface of the substrate 920.
  • the fifth connector 740 and the sixth connector 840 are mounted on the second surface of the substrate 920, and each of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 is the fifth connector 740.
  • the second surface of the substrate 920 may be exposed from the cover member 100 to form a right surface of the photographing apparatus 1000.
  • the imaging device 1000 or the flying device 1 is provided with a separate exterior member (not shown) surrounding the second surface of the substrate 920 to prevent the second surface of the substrate 920 from being exposed to the outside. can do.
  • the substrate unit 920 may be electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 1.
  • the substrate 920 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member. Power may be applied to the 800.
  • the first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, the fourth driving member 600, and the first driving member 300 are controlled by the control signal of the electronic control unit of the flying device 1.
  • the direction, magnitude, intensity, etc. of the currents applied to the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be adjusted.
  • the drive (drive principle of a camera drive device) of the imaging device 1000 of this embodiment is demonstrated.
  • the camera module 910 rotates about the second axis (the up and down axis) (yaw control) will be described.
  • 4 is a conceptual view from above of the camera module 910 rotating about a second axis (up-down direction axis).
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment when the photographing apparatus 1000 is to be rotated about the second axis to change the photographing range, or when the oscillation occurs to be offset by the second axis, the photographing apparatus 1000 refers to the movable part 200 based on the second axis. Rotate to change the shooting range, or to establish the camera module 910.
  • the movable part 200 may rotate the second axis to the rotation axis.
  • the first driving member 300 is applied to the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 by applying a power source having a reverse direction or voltage to each other.
  • the movable part 200 can be rotated forward with the second axis.
  • power may be applied to only one of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 to reduce the first driving member 300 or to increase the second driving member 400.
  • the driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
  • the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 are supplied with a power source having an opposite direction or voltage to the current to increase the first driving member 300.
  • the second driving member 400 may be extended to rotate the movable part 200 in the second axis to the rotating shaft.
  • power may be applied to only one of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 to increase the first driving member 300 or reduce the second driving member 400.
  • the driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
  • FIG. 5 is a conceptual view when the camera module 910 rotates about a third axis (left and right directions) from the right side.
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment when the rotation range is changed based on the third axis, or when the oscillation occurs to offset the third axis, the photographing apparatus 1000 sets the movable part 200 based on the third axis. Rotate to change the shooting range, or to establish the camera module 910.
  • the movable part 200 may rotate the third axis to the rotation axis.
  • the third driving member 500 may be applied to the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 by applying a power source having a reverse direction or voltage to each other.
  • the movable part 200 can be rotated forward to the third axis.
  • power may be applied to only one of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 to reduce the third driving member 500 or to increase the fourth driving member 600.
  • the driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
  • the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 are applied with a power source having opposite directions or voltages to the third driving member 500 to increase the third driving member 500, and
  • the fourth driving member 600 may be extended to rotate the movable part 200 in the third axis to the rotation axis.
  • power may be applied to only one of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 to increase the third driving member 500 or to reduce the fourth driving member 600.
  • the driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
  • the camera module 910 rotates (pitch control) about the first axis (front and rear direction axis).
  • 6 is a conceptual view of a rear view of the camera module 910 rotating about a first axis (front and rear direction axis).
  • the photographing apparatus 1000 according to the present embodiment rotates the first axis based on the first axis, or the oscillation occurs to offset the first axis to offset the moving part 200 based on the first axis. Rotate to change the shooting range, or to establish the camera module 910.
  • the movable part 200 may rotate the first axis to the rotation axis.
  • the fifth driving member 700 is applied by applying a power source having opposite directions or voltages to the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800, respectively.
  • the movable part 200 can be rotated forward with the first axis.
  • power may be applied to only one of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 to reduce the fifth driving member 700 or to increase the sixth driving member 800.
  • the driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
  • the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 are supplied with a power source having a reverse direction or voltage of current, so that the fifth driving member 700 is extended and By increasing the six driving member 800, the movable portion 200 can be rotated back to the first axis.
  • power may be applied to only one of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 to increase the fifth driving member 700 or reduce the sixth driving member 800.
  • the driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
  • the eighth wire 630, the ninth wire 720, the tenth wire 730, the eleventh wire 820, and the twelfth wire 830 are shape memory alloys, which are shaped according to temperature (length). Can be controlled.
  • Fig. 7 is a graph showing the change in length depending on the temperature of the shape memory alloy used in this embodiment. Referring to the graph of FIG. 7, it is preferable that the shape memory alloy of this embodiment is controlled at a temperature range of 33.2 ° C or more and 34.8 ° C or less. This is because the amount of change in length is linear in the temperature range of 33.2 ° C. or higher and 34.8 ° C. or lower, thereby enabling precise driving.
  • first axis may be defined as “x-axis” shown in the drawings
  • second axis may be defined as “z-axis” shown in the drawings
  • third axis may be defined as “ y-axis ".
  • the “first axis” may extend from front to back, the “second axis” may extend from top to bottom, and the “third axis” may extend from right to left.
  • the photographing direction of the camera module 900 may be forward.
  • first axis may be disposed perpendicular to each other to form a rectangular coordinate system. That is, the “first axis” and the “second axis” may be perpendicular to each other, and the “third axis” may be disposed perpendicularly to both the “first axis” and the “second axis”.
  • first axis “second axis”, and “third axis” must be vertically disposed.
  • first axis and “second axis” are inclined to each other at an angle other than 90 °
  • the "third axis” is at an angle other than 90 ° with both the "first axis” and the second axis. It may be arranged to be inclined.
  • the flight device 2001 may be an unmanned drone.
  • the user may control the flight device 2001 by a wireless terminal (not shown).
  • the flight device 2001 may include a main body 2010, a driving unit 2020, and a photographing device 2000.
  • the main body 2010 is an exterior member, and a driving unit 2020 may be disposed on one side of the main body 2010, and the driving device 2000 may be disposed on the other side (below) of the main body 2010.
  • an electronic control unit ECU, Electric Control Unit, not shown
  • ECU Electric Control Unit
  • the driving unit 2020 may be a plurality of propeller units disposed symmetrically with respect to the vertical center axis of the main body 2010.
  • the main body 2010 can fly by the rotation of the propeller.
  • the photographing apparatus 2000 may be disposed below the main body 2010.
  • the photographing apparatus 2000 may rotate the camera module 2900 based on the “first axis”, “second axis”, and “third axis”. As a result, the photographing range of the camera module 2900 can be changed, and the posture of the camera module 2900 can be controlled (shaking offset effect due to flight vibration).
  • the electronic control unit can communicate wirelessly with a wireless terminal controlled by the user.
  • the electronic control unit may be electrically connected to various electronic components and the photographing apparatus 2000 of the flying device 2001.
  • the electronic control unit may wirelessly communicate with a wireless terminal controlled by a user, receive various control signals, transmit the same to the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 2000, and control the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 2000. For example, when the electronic control unit receives a signal for changing the photographing range of the camera module 2900 from the wireless terminal, the electronic control unit may control the photographing apparatus 2000 to rotate the camera module 2900.
  • the electronic control unit determines the shaking of the camera module 2900 caused by the flight of the flying device 2001 and, accordingly, controls the photographing apparatus 2000 to rotate the camera module 2900 to cancel the shaking. Can be.
  • the camera module 2900 may perform imaging in an established state.
  • a gyro sensor (not shown) or an acceleration sensor (not shown) may be embedded in the camera module 2900 or mounted on the substrate 2400 of the photographing apparatus 2000.
  • the electronic control unit may be electrically connected to the gyro sensor or the acceleration sensor to determine the shaking of the camera module 2900.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment
  • FIG. 11 is a sectional view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment
  • FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view showing a supporting member, a conductive member and a fixing member of the second embodiment
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment without a cover and a substrate
  • FIG. 14 shows a driving member of the second embodiment.
  • Fig. 15 is a conceptual diagram showing an oblique arrangement
  • Fig. 15 is a conceptual diagram showing the effect of the inclined arrangement of the drive member of the second embodiment.
  • the cover member 2100, the movable member 2200, the support member 2300, the substrate 2400, the driving member 2500, the first conductive member 2600, and the second It may include a conductive member (not shown), a rotary joint 2700, a fixing member 2800, and a camera module 2900.
  • the photographing apparatus 2000 may drive the camera module 2900.
  • the photographing apparatus 2000 may be a “camera driving apparatus” on which the camera module 2900 is mounted. That is, the photographing apparatus 2000 in which the camera module 2900 is released may be referred to as a "camera driving apparatus.”
  • the cover member 2100 may be an exterior member of the photographing apparatus 2000.
  • the material of the cover member 2100 may include a non-conductive material.
  • the material of the cover member 2100 may include plastic.
  • the cover member 2100 may be manufactured by plastic injection.
  • the cover member 2100 may include a rear surface and a side surface extending forward from the edge of the rear surface. Accordingly, the cover member 2100 may be in the form of a hollow hexahedron having an approximately (substantially) open front surface.
  • the movable member 2200 Inside the cover member 2100, the movable member 2200, the supporting member 2300, the driving member 2500, the first conductive member 2600, the second conductive member (not shown), the rotary joint 2700, and the fixing member 2200 are fixed.
  • the member 2800 and the camera module 2900 may be disposed.
  • the substrate 2400 may be disposed outside the cover member 2100.
  • the first substrate part 2410 may be disposed on the rear surface of the cover member 2100.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may be disposed on a side surface of the cover member 2100 that is disposed below the cover member 2100.
  • the first substrate part 2410 may be disposed such that one side thereof contacts the rear surface of the cover member 2100.
  • the second substrate part 2410 may be bent or bent forward from the first substrate part 2410 so that one side thereof may be in contact with a side surface of the cover member 2100.
  • An outer side of the cover member 2100 may be provided with a separate case for preventing at least a portion of the substrate 2400 is exposed to the outside.
  • the substrate 2400 may be disposed between the cover member 2100 and the case.
  • the cover member 2100 may include a plurality of first cover holes 2110 and one second cover hole 2120 (see FIG. 10).
  • the plurality of first cover holes 2110 may include six first cover holes 2110.
  • first cover holes 2110 may be formed on the rear surface of the cover member 2100 (only two are shown in FIG. 3). The other two of the six first cover holes 2110 may be formed on the side surface of the cover member 100.
  • Each of the four first cover holes 2110 positioned at the rear of the cover member 2100 may include a first driving member 2510, a second driving member 2520, a third driving member 2530, and a fourth driving member 2540. ) May be overlapped in the "first axis direction".
  • first cover holes 2110 disposed on the rear surface of the cover member 2100 include a first driving member 2510, a second driving member 2520, a third driving member 2530, and a fourth driving member 2540. Can be inserted (arranged) respectively.
  • the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 are respectively provided with four first cover holes 2110 disposed on the rear surface of the cover member 100. ) May extend through the first substrate portion 2410.
  • Each of the two first cover holes 2110 disposed on the lower side of the cover member 2100 may be disposed to overlap the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 in the “first axial direction”.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be inserted (arranged) into the two first cover holes 2110 disposed on the lower side of the cover member 2100, respectively.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may extend to the second substrate part 2420 through two first cover holes 2110 positioned on the lower side of the cover member 2100, respectively. have.
  • the second cover hole 2120 may be formed at the center of the rear surface of the cover member 2100.
  • the second cover hole 2120 may be disposed to overlap the support pillar 2720 of the rotary joint 2700 in the “first axial direction”.
  • the support pillar 2720 of the rotary joint 2700 may be inserted into the second cover hole 2120.
  • the movable member 2200 may be disposed inside the cover member 2100.
  • the ball 2710 of the rotary joint 2700 and the camera module 2900 may be disposed inside the movable member 2200.
  • the camera module 2900 may be mounted on the movable member 2200.
  • the movable member 2200 may be rotatably coupled to the ball 2710.
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “first axis”, “second axis”, and third axis ”by the rotary joint 2700.
  • the camera module 2900 may move the movable member 2200.
  • Rotate integrally with, and the center of rotation of the movable member 2200 and the camera module 2900 may be a centripet (center of the sphere) of the ball 2710.
  • the front part of the movable member 2200 may be provided with a space for accommodating the camera module 2900. That is, the camera module 2900 may be disposed at the front portion of the movable member 200.
  • the rear portion of the movable member 2200 may be provided with a space for accommodating the ball 2710 of the rotary joint 2700. That is, the ball 2710 may be disposed at the rear portion of the movable member 2200.
  • the support member 2300 may be a member that supports the driving member 2500.
  • the material of the support member 2300 may include a non-conductive material.
  • the material of the support member 2300 may include plastic.
  • the support member 2300 may be a plastic injection molding.
  • the support member 2300 may be disposed on the movable member 2200.
  • the support member 2300 may be integrally formed with the movable member 2200.
  • the support member 2300 may be spaced apart from the substrate 2400.
  • the first conductive member 2600 may be disposed on the support member 2300.
  • One end of the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the support member 2300.
  • the support member 2300 may be disposed between the first conductive member 2600 and the movable member 2200.
  • the support member 2300 may include a first support part 2310 and a second support part 2320.
  • the first support part 2310 and the second support part 2320 may be spaced apart from each other.
  • the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed on the first support part 2310.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed on the second support part 2320.
  • the first support part 2310 may be disposed behind the first conductive member 2600.
  • the first support part 2310 may be disposed in front of the movable member 2200.
  • the first support part 2310 may be disposed between the first conductive member 2600 and the movable member 2200.
  • the first support part 2310 may be spaced apart from the rotation center of the movable member 2200 and the camera module 2900 in the "first axial direction".
  • the first support part 2310 may have a rectangular ring shape having an opening formed at a center thereof.
  • the first support 2310 may have a plate shape.
  • the first support part 2310 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis”. Through the opening of the first support 2310, the lens of the camera module 2900 may be exposed to the outside.
  • the first supporter 2310 may include a first protrusion 2311, a second protrusion 2312, a third protrusion 2313, and a fourth protrusion 2314.
  • the first protrusion 2311 may protrude upward from the center of the side positioned above the first support part 2310.
  • the second protrusion 2312 may protrude downward from the center of the side positioned below the first support 2310.
  • the third protrusion 2313 may protrude from the center of the side positioned at the right side of the first support 2310 to the right.
  • the fourth protrusion 2314 may protrude from the center of the left side of the first support portion 2310 to the left side.
  • the first protrusion 2311, the second protrusion 2312, the third protrusion 2313, and the fourth protrusion 2314 may have a plate shape.
  • the first protrusion 2311, the second protrusion 2312, the third protrusion 2313, and the fourth protrusion 2314 may be disposed perpendicularly to the “first axis”.
  • the first protrusion 2311 may protrude upward from a side positioned above the first support part 2310.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the first protrusion 2311.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the second protrusion 2312.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the third protrusion 2313.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the fourth protrusion 2314.
  • the first protrusion 2311 and the second protrusion 2312 may be spaced apart in the “second axis direction”.
  • the third protrusion 2313 and the fourth protrusion 2314 may be spaced apart in the “third axis direction”.
  • First and second blades protruding to the left and the right may be formed at the upper end of the first protrusion 2311.
  • the first protrusion 2311 may have a first hole 2311-1 and two second holes 2311-2.
  • the first hole 2311-1 may be positioned at the center of the upper end of the first protrusion 2311.
  • One of the two second holes 2311-2 may be located in the first blade, and the other may be located in the second blade.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the first hole 2311-1.
  • the second hole 2311-2 is a hole provided to rivet the first fixing member 2810.
  • a third blade and a fourth blade protruding to the left and the right may be formed at the lower end of the second protrusion 2312.
  • a third hole 2312-1 and two fourth holes 2312-2 may be formed in the second protrusion 2312.
  • the third hole 2312-1 may be located at the center of the lower end of the second protrusion 2312.
  • One of the two fourth holes 2312-2 may be located in the third blade, and the other one may be located in the fourth blade.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the third hole 2312-1.
  • the fourth hole 2312-2 is a hole provided to rivet the second fixing member 2820.
  • a fifth hole 2313-1 and two sixth holes 2313-2 may be formed in the third protrusion 2313.
  • the fifth hole 2313-1 may be located at the center of the right end of the third protrusion 2313.
  • One of the two sixth holes 2313-2 may be located in the fifth blade, and the other one may be located in the sixth blade.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the fifth hole 2313-1.
  • the sixth hole 2313-2 is a hole provided to rivet the third fixing member 2830.
  • a seventh blade and an eighth blade protruding upward and downward may be formed at the left end of the fourth protrusion 2314.
  • a seventh hole 2314-1 and two eighth holes 2314-2 may be formed in the fourth protrusion 2314.
  • the seventh hole 2314-1 may be located at the center of the left end of the fourth protrusion 2314.
  • One of the two eighth holes 2314-2 may be located in the seventh blade, and the other may be located in the eighth blade.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the seventh hole 2314-1.
  • the eighth hole 2314-2 is a hole provided to rivet the fourth fixing member 2840.
  • the second support part 2320 may be disposed on the movable member 2200.
  • the second support part 2320 may be disposed behind the first support part 2310.
  • the second support part 2320 may be in the form of a plate.
  • the second support part 2320 may be disposed perpendicular to the “second axis”.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed on the second support part 2320.
  • the second support part 2320 may be disposed at the same position in the “first axial direction” as the center of rotation of the movable member 2200 and the camera module 2900.
  • the substrate 2400 may be a printed circuit board (PCB) or a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB).
  • the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the substrate 2400.
  • the substrate 2400 may be electrically connected to the driving member 2500.
  • the substrate 2400 may be electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001.
  • the substrate 2400 may receive power from the electronic control unit to apply a current to the driving member 2500. In this case, the intensity, direction, wavelength, etc. of the current applied to the driving member 2500 may be controlled.
  • the substrate 2400 may be spaced apart from the movable member 2200 and the support member 2300.
  • the substrate 2400 and the support member 2300 may be connected by the driving member 2500.
  • the substrate 2400 may include a first substrate portion 2410, a second substrate portion 2420, and a connection substrate portion 2430.
  • the first substrate portion 2410, the second substrate portion 2420, and the connection substrate portion 2430 may be a single substrate integrally formed, or three different substrates may be electrically connected to each other.
  • the first substrate portion 2410 may have a plate shape.
  • the first substrate part 2410 may be disposed perpendicularly to the “first axis”.
  • the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed on the first substrate 2410.
  • the first substrate part 2410 may be electrically connected to the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540.
  • the first substrate 2410 may apply current to the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540.
  • the first substrate portion 2410 may be spaced apart from the first support portion 2310 in the “first axial direction”.
  • the first substrate portion 2410 may be disposed in parallel with the first support portion 2310.
  • the first substrate part 2410 and the first support part 2310 may be connected by the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540. have.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may have a plate shape.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may be disposed perpendicular to the “second axis”.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed on the second substrate portion 2420.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may be electrically connected to the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may apply current to the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may be formed to be curved forward or bent forward from the lower end of the first substrate portion 2410.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may be spaced apart from the second support portion 2320 in the “first axial direction”.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 may be disposed in parallel with the second support portion 2320.
  • the second substrate portion 2420 and the second support portion 2320 may be connected by the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560.
  • connection substrate portion 2430 may be in the form of a plate.
  • the connection substrate portion 2430 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis”.
  • the connection board unit 2430 may extend from an upper end of the first substrate unit 2410 to an upper side thereof.
  • the connection board unit 2430 may be electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001. Therefore, the current generated from the electronic control unit and various control signals can be transmitted to the first substrate portion 2410 and the second substrate portion 2420 through the connection substrate portion 2430.
  • the driving member 2500 may be disposed between the supporting member 2300 and the substrate 2400.
  • the driving member 2500 may connect the support member 2300 and the substrate 2400.
  • One end of the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the support member 2300, and the other end of the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the substrate 2400.
  • the driving member 2500 may extend from the supporting member 2300 to the substrate 2400.
  • the driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to the substrate 2400.
  • the driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600.
  • the driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to a second conductive member (not shown).
  • the driving member 2500 may receive a current from the electronic control unit of the flying device 1 through the substrate 2400.
  • the drive member 2500 may be a "Shape Memory Alloy".
  • the length in the connecting direction or the extending direction may be increased or decreased (change in length). That is, the driving member 2500 may increase or decrease the length in the connection direction or the extension direction depending on the temperature.
  • the driving member 2500 may extend from one side to the other side.
  • the driving member 2500 may have a spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a connecting direction or an extending direction.
  • the driving member 2500 may be in the form of a three-dimensional Archimedes spiral.
  • the driving member 2500 may be in the form of a spring or a coil.
  • the reason why the drive member 2500 has a spiral shape is that the spiral shape has a larger "change in length” according to the "change in shape” than the general wire form (wire).
  • the original length of the drive member 2500 is used. It can take a short to have a compact structure and can stably support the movable member 2200.
  • the driving member 2500 may include a first driving member 2510, a second driving member 2520, a third driving member 2530, a fourth driving member 2540, a fifth driving member 2550, and a sixth driving member. 2560.
  • the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, the fourth driving member 2540, the fifth driving member 2550, and the sixth driving member 2560 are spaced apart from each other. Can be.
  • the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be disposed between the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410.
  • the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may connect the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410.
  • the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may extend from the first support part 2310 to the first substrate part 2410.
  • the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may extend in the "first axis" direction.
  • Rear ends of the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the first substrate 2424.
  • the front ends of the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600. Since the first substrate portion 2410 and the first conductive member 2600 are electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, respectively, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, and the first driving member 2510. ) And the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit.
  • the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, the second driving member 2520, and the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit.
  • the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be spaced apart in the “second axis direction”.
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “third axis” by the shape control of at least one of the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 (Yaw control).
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate forward with respect to the “third axis”. Can be.
  • the first driving member 2510 is reduced in the connecting or extending direction and the second driving member 2520 is extended in the connecting or extending direction
  • the movable member 2200 is reversely rotated about the "third axis”. can do.
  • first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may have the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 from the first substrate portion 4210 to the first supporting portion 2310.
  • the distance between the first support part 2310 and the inclined part may be disposed to be far from each other.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be inclined from the first support part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the second driving member 2520 is positioned.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be inclined from the first support part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the first driving member 2510 is positioned.
  • the inclination angle formed by the first driving member 2510 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
  • An inclination angle formed by the second driving member 2520 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
  • the front end of the first driving member 2510 may be disposed on the first protrusion 2311 of the first support 2310.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the first hole 2311-1 of the first support part 2310.
  • An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the first driving member 2510 may be formed on an inner surface of the first hole 2311-1 of the first support portion 2310.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
  • the front end of the first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the first fixing hole 2811 of the first fixing member 2810.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be fitted into the first fixing hole 2811. Accordingly, the first driving member 2510 may be stably fixed by the first fixing member 2810.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be electrically connected to the first fixing member 2810. In this case, the first driving member 2510 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the first fixing member 2810.
  • the front end of the second driving member 2520 may be disposed on the second protrusion 2312 of the first support 2310.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the third hole 2312-1 of the first support part 2310.
  • An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the second driving member 2520 may be formed in the inner surface of the third hole 2312-1 of the first support portion 2310.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
  • the front end of the second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the second fixing hole 2812 of the second fixing member 2820.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be fitted into the second fixing hole 2827. Accordingly, the second driving member 2520 may be stably fixed by the second fixing member 2820.
  • the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the second fixing member 2820. In this case, the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the second fixing member 2820.
  • the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed between the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410.
  • the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may connect the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410.
  • the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may extend from the first support part 2310 to the first substrate part 2410.
  • the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may extend in the "first axis" direction.
  • Rear ends of the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the first substrate part 2410.
  • the front ends of the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600. Since the first substrate portion 2410 and the first conductive member 2600 are electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, respectively, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, and the third driving member 2530. ) And the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit. In addition, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, the fourth driving member 2540, and the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit.
  • the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be spaced apart in the “third axis direction”.
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “second axis” by shape control of at least one of the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 (Roll control).
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate forward with respect to the “second axis”. Can be.
  • the third driving member 2530 is reduced in the connecting or extending direction and the fourth driving member 2540 is extending in the connecting or extending direction
  • the movable member 2200 is rotated about the "second axis" in the reverse direction. can do.
  • the distance between the point at which the first support part 2310 and the third drive member 2530 are connected, and the point at which the first support part 2310 and the fourth drive member 2540 are connected (L2-1 in FIG. 14 (2)). Is the distance between the point where the first substrate portion 2410 and the third driving member 2530 are connected and the point at which the first substrate portion 2410 and the fourth driving member 2540 are connected (L2 in FIG. 14 (2)). It can be longer than -2).
  • the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 have the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 from the first substrate portion 2410 to the first supporting portion 2310.
  • the distance between the first support part 2310 and the inclined part may be disposed to be far from each other.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be inclined from the first support part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the fourth driving member 2540 is located.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be inclined from the first supporting part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the third driving member 2530 is positioned.
  • the inclination angle formed by the third driving member 2530 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
  • the inclination angle formed by the fourth driving member 2540 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
  • the front end of the third driving member 2530 may be disposed in the third protrusion 2313 of the first support 2310.
  • the third driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the fifth hole 2313-1 of the first support part 2310.
  • An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the third driving member 2530 may be formed on an inner surface of the fifth hole 2313-1 of the first support portion 2310.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
  • the front end of the third driving member 2530 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the third fixing hole 2831 of the third fixing member 2830.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be fitted into the third fixing hole 2831. Accordingly, the third driving member 2530 may be stably fixed by the third fixing member 2830.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be electrically connected to the third fixing member 2830. In this case, the third driving member 2530 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the third fixing member 2830.
  • the front end of the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed at the fourth protrusion 2314 of the first support 2310.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the seventh hole 2314-1 of the first support part 2310.
  • An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the fourth driving member 2540 may be formed on the inner surface of the seventh hole 2314-1 of the first support portion 2310.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
  • the front end of the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the fourth fixing hole 2841 of the fourth fixing member 2840.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be fitted into the fourth fixing hole 2841. Therefore, the fourth driving member 2540 may be stably fixed by the fourth fixing member 2840.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the fourth fixing member 2840. In this case, the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the fourth fixing member 2840.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed between the second support part 2320 and the second substrate part 2420.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may connect the second support part 2320 and the second substrate part 2420.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may extend from the second support part 2320 to the second substrate part 2420.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may extend in the "second axis" direction.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be electrically connected to the second substrate 2420.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be electrically connected to the second conductive member (not shown). Since the second substrate portion 2420 and the second conductive member (not shown) are electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, respectively, the electronic control unit, the second substrate portion 2420, and the fifth driving member ( 2550 and the second conductive member (not shown) may form one circuit.
  • the electronic control unit, the second substrate portion 2420, the sixth driving member 2560, and the second conductive member (not shown) may form one circuit.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be spaced apart in the “third axis direction”.
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “first axis” by shape control of at least one of the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 (Pitch control).
  • the movable member 2200 may rotate forward with respect to the “first axis”. Can be.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 is reduced in the connecting or extending direction and the sixth driving member 2560 is extending in the connecting or extending direction
  • the movable member 2200 is reversely rotated about the “first axis”. can do.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 move from the second substrate portion 2420 to the second support portion 2320 as the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560.
  • the distance between the second support part 2320 and the second support unit 2320 may be inclined.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 may be inclined from the second supporting part 2320 toward the second substrate 2420 in the direction in which the sixth driving member 2560 is positioned.
  • the sixth driving member 2560 may be inclined from the second support part 2320 toward the second substrate part 2420 in the direction in which the fifth driving member 2550 is positioned.
  • An inclination angle between the fifth driving member 2550 and the second support part 2320 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
  • An inclination angle formed by the sixth driving member 2560 and the second support part 2320 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
  • Upper ends of the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) into two holes formed in the second support part 2320, respectively.
  • a female thread part corresponding to the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be formed in the hole formed in the second support part 2320.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be screwed with the second support part 2320.
  • the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be electrically connected to the second conductive member (not shown).
  • FIG. 15 (1) shows a case in which the first driving member 2510 is disposed perpendicular to the first support part 2410 in a first comparative example
  • FIG. 15 (2) shows a first driving member in a second comparative example
  • the case 2510 is disposed at an obtuse angle with respect to the inner side direction of the first support part 2410
  • FIG. 15 (3) shows that the first driving member 2510 is the first support part 2410 and the inner side in this embodiment. This is the case when it is arranged at an acute angle based on the direction.
  • the length a1 and the elongated length a2 of the first driving member 2510 are reduced in the longitudinal direction.
  • the difference (amount of change in length) is 15.6 mm
  • the difference (amount of change in length) between the length b1 and the length b2 in which the first driving member 2510 is reduced in the longitudinal direction is 17.72.
  • the difference (amount of change in length) between the length c1 and the length c2 in which the first drive member 2510 is reduced in the longitudinal direction is 13 mm.
  • the first conductive member 2600 may be a printed circuit board (PCB) or a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB).
  • the first conductive member 2600 may include an electronic control unit of the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 and the flying device 2001. Can be electrically connected
  • the first conductive member 2600 may include a conductive portion 2610 and a connection portion 2620.
  • the conductive portion 2610 may be disposed in front of the first support portion 2310.
  • the conductive portion 2610 may be in the form of a plate.
  • the conductive portion 2610 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis”.
  • the conductive portion 2610 may have a rectangular ring shape.
  • the conductive part 2610 may include a first blade 2611, a second blade 2612, a third blade 2613, and a fourth blade 2614.
  • the first blade 2611 may protrude upward from an upper side of the conductive portion 2610.
  • the first blade 2611 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape.
  • the first blade 2611 may be electrically connected to the first fixing part 2810.
  • the first blade 2611 and the first fixing part 2810 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector.
  • the first blade 2611 may be electrically connected to the first driving member 2510 through the first fixing part 2811.
  • the second blade 2612 may protrude downward from the lower side of the conductive portion 2610.
  • the second blade 2612 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape.
  • the second blade 2612 may be electrically connected to the second fixing part 2820.
  • the second blade 2612 and the second fixing part 2820 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector.
  • the second blade 2621 may be electrically connected to the second driving member 2520 through the second fixing part 2820.
  • the third blade 2613 may protrude from the right side of the conductive portion 2610 to the right side.
  • the third blade 2613 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape.
  • the third blade 2613 may be electrically connected to the third fixing part 2830.
  • the third blade 2613 and the third fixing part 2830 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector. Accordingly, the third blade 2613 may be electrically connected to the third driving member 2530 through the third fixing part 2830.
  • the fourth blade 2614 may protrude from the left side of the conductive portion 2610 to the left side.
  • the fourth blade 2614 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape.
  • the fourth blade 2614 may be electrically connected to the fourth fixing portion 2840.
  • the fourth blade 2614 and the fourth fixing part 2840 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector. Therefore, the fourth blade 2614 may be electrically connected to the fourth driving member 2540 through the fourth fixing part 2840.
  • connection part 2620 may electrically connect the conductive part 2610 and the electronic control unit of the flight device 2001. Accordingly, the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 are electronically controlled by the flying device 2001 through the first conductive member 2600. It can be electrically connected to the unit.
  • the second conductive member may be a printed circuit board (PCB) or a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB).
  • the second conductive member may electrically connect the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001.
  • the first conductive member 2600 and the second conductive member, together with the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001 and the substrate 2400 and the driving member 2500, are a circuit for applying current to the driving member 2500. Can be formed.
  • the first conductive member 2600 and the second conductive member may be omitted.
  • one circuit may be formed by the driving member 2500 and the substrate 2400.
  • one end and the other end of the driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to the substrate 2400.
  • the driving current is transmitted to the substrate 2400 in the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, and the driving current flows along the circuit formed by the driving member 2500 and the substrate 2400, and the driving force is applied to the driving member 2500. Can be provided.
  • the rotary joint 2700 may connect the first substrate part 2410 and the movable member 2200.
  • the rotary joint 2700 may connect the case 2100 and the movable member 2200.
  • the rotary joint 2700 may be coupled to the movable member 2200 such that the movable member 2200 is rotatable. As a result, the movable member 2200 can be supported by the rotary joint 2700 in a rotatable state.
  • the rotary joint 2700 may include a ball 2710 and a support column 2720.
  • the ball 2710 may be disposed inside the movable member 2200.
  • the ball 2710 may be coupled to the movable member 2200, like a spherical joint. As a result, the movable member 2200 may be rotatably coupled to the ball 2710.
  • the support pillar 2720 may extend from the ball 2710 to the first substrate portion 2410 to connect the ball 2710 and the first substrate portion 2410.
  • the support pillar 2720 may extend from the ball 2710 to the case 2100 to connect the ball 2710 and the case 2100.
  • the fixing member 2800 may be disposed in front of the first support part 2310.
  • the fixing member 2800 may be coupled to the support member 2300.
  • the fixing member 2800 may be coupled to the supporting member 2300 by riveting.
  • the fixing member 2800 may fix the driving member 2500.
  • the fixing member 2800 may include a first fixing member 2810, a second fixing member 2820, a third fixing member 2830, and a fourth fixing member 2840.
  • the first fixing member 2810 may be disposed in front of the first protrusion 2311.
  • the first fixing member 2810 may be coupled to the first protrusion 2311.
  • the first fixing member 2810 may be coupled to the first protrusion 2311 by riveting.
  • the first fixing member 2810 may include a first fixing hole 2811 and two first pin holes 2812.
  • the first fixing hole 2811 may be located between the two first pin holes 2812.
  • the first driving member 2510 penetrating the first hole 2311-1 of the first protrusion 2311 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the first fixing hole 2811.
  • the first driving member 2510 may be fitted into the first fixing hole 2811.
  • the first fixing member 2810 may fix the first driving member 2510.
  • Two first pins 2811-1 may be disposed in the two first pin holes 2812, respectively.
  • the two first pins 2811-1 may be disposed in the two second holes 2311-2 of the first protrusion 2311 through the two first pin holes 2812, respectively.
  • the first fixing member 2810 may be coupled to the first protrusion 2311 by rivet joints.
  • the second fixing member 2820 may be disposed in front of the second protrusion 2312.
  • the second fixing member 2820 may be coupled to the second protrusion 2312.
  • the second fixing member 2820 may be coupled to the second protrusion 2312 by riveting.
  • the second fixing member 2820 may include a second fixing hole 2821 and two second pin holes 2822.
  • the second fixing hole 2821 may be located between the two second pin holes 2822.
  • a second driving member 2520 penetrating through the third hole 2312-1 of the second protrusion 2312 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated).
  • the second driving member 2520 may be fitted into the second fixing hole 2821.
  • the second fixing member 2820 may fix the first driving member 2520.
  • Two second pins 2821-1 may be disposed in the two second pin holes 2822, respectively.
  • Two second pins 2821-1 may be disposed in two fourth holes 2312-2 of the second protrusion 2312 through two second pin holes 2822, respectively.
  • the second fixing member 2820 may be coupled to the second protrusion 2312 by rivet joints.
  • the third fixing member 2830 may be disposed in front of the third protrusion 2313.
  • the third fixing member 2830 may be coupled to the third protrusion 2313.
  • the third fixing member 2830 may be coupled to the third protrusion 2313 by riveting.
  • the third fixing member 2830 may include a third fixing hole 2831 and two third pin holes 2832.
  • the third fixing hole 2831 may be located between the two third pin holes 2832.
  • a third driving member 2530 penetrating through the fifth hole 2313-1 of the third protrusion 2313 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the third fixing hole 2831.
  • the third driving member 2530 may be fitted into the third fixing hole 2831.
  • the third fixing member 2830 may fix the third driving member 2530.
  • Two third pins 2831-1 may be disposed in the two third pin holes 2832, respectively.
  • Two third pins 2831-1 may be disposed in two sixth holes 2313-2 of the third protrusion 2313 through two third pin holes 2832, respectively.
  • the third fixing member 2830 may be coupled to the third protrusion 2313 by rivet joints.
  • the fourth fixing member 2840 may be disposed in front of the fourth protrusion 2314.
  • the fourth fixing member 2840 may be coupled to the fourth protrusion 2314.
  • the fourth fixing member 2840 may be coupled to the fourth protrusion 2314 by riveting.
  • the fourth fixing member 2840 may include a fourth fixing hole 2841 and two fourth pin holes 2842.
  • the fourth fixing hole 2841 may be located between two fourth pin holes 2842.
  • a fourth driving member 2540 passing through the ninth hole 2313-1 of the fourth protrusion 2314 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the fourth fixing hole 2841.
  • the fourth driving member 2540 may be fitted into the fourth fixing hole 2841.
  • the fourth fixing member 2840 may fix the fourth driving member 2540.
  • Two fourth pins 2841-1 may be disposed in the two fourth pin holes 2842, respectively.
  • the two fourth pins 2841-1 may be disposed in the two tenth holes 2342-2 of the fourth protrusion 2314 through the two fourth pin holes 2842, respectively.
  • the fourth fixing member 2840 may be coupled to the fourth protrusion 2314 by rivet joints.
  • the camera module 2900 may be referred to as a "camera.”
  • the camera module 2900 may be disposed on the movable member 2200.
  • the camera module 2900 may be mounted on the movable member 2200.
  • the camera module 2900 may be integrally formed with the movable member 2200.
  • the camera module 2900 includes a lens holder disposed inside the cover and the cover, a lens mounted on the lens holder, a base disposed at the rear of the cover, a camera module substrate disposed at the rear of the base, and an image sensor mounted on the camera module substrate. It may include.
  • the camera module substrate may be electrically connected to the substrate 2400 to transmit a captured image to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001 or may be controlled by the electronic control unit.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • Accessories Of Cameras (AREA)
  • Studio Devices (AREA)
  • Adjustment Of Camera Lenses (AREA)

Abstract

The present embodiment relates to a camera driving device, a photographing device, and a flight apparatus, the camera driving device comprising: a movable part; and a first driving member and a second driving member symmetrically arranged with respect to the center of the movable part, wherein the first driving member includes a first wire extending in the direction of a first axis, the second driving member includes a third wire extending in the direction of the first axis, the first wire and the third wire are made of a shape memory alloy, and the movable part rotates with respect to a second axis, which is vertical to the first axis, by the shape transformation of the first driving member or the second driving member.

Description

카메라 구동 장치, 촬영 장치 및 비행 장치Camera Drives, Shooting Devices, and Flying Devices
본 실시예는 카메라 구동 장치, 촬영 장치 및 비행 장치에 관한 것이다.This embodiment relates to a camera driving device, an imaging device, and a flying device.
이하에서 기술되는 내용은 본 실시예에 대한 배경 정보를 제공할 뿐 종래기술을 기재한 것은 아니다.The contents described below provide background information on the present embodiment, but do not describe the prior art.
이하에서 기술되는 내용은 본 실시예에 대한 배경 정보를 제공할 뿐 종래기술을 기재한 것은 아니다.The contents described below provide background information on the present embodiment, but do not describe the prior art.
드론은 카메라 모듈, 센서, 통신 시스템 등이 장착된 무인 비행 장치이다. 최근, 드론은 소비자의 다양한 요구에 따라 카메라 모듈 및 센서 모듈과 결합하여 항공 촬영, 측정 및 키덜트 제품 등으로 그 용도가 확대되고 있다.Drones are unmanned aerial vehicles equipped with camera modules, sensors, and communication systems. In recent years, drones have been expanded to use in combination with camera modules and sensor modules according to various needs of consumers, such as aerial photography, measurement and kidult products.
드론을 이용하여 촬영하는 경우에, 카메라 모듈의 피치(pitch), 요(yaw), 롤(roll) 제어가 이루어진다면, 촬영 범위를 쉽게 변경하거나 드론의 비행시 발생하는 진동을 상쇄시킬 수 있을 것이다.In the case of drone shooting, if the camera module's pitch, yaw, and roll control is made, the shooting range can be easily changed or the vibration generated by the drone's flight can be canceled. .
한편, 카메라 구동 장치는 드론에 장착된 카메라를 구동시켜 촬영 범위를 변경하거나 자세를 제어하는 장치이다. 최근, 형상 기억 합금(SMA, Shape Memory Alloy)을 이용하여 카메라 모듈을 회전 구동(pitch, yaw, roll 제어)시키는 구동 장치에 과한 연구가 이루어지고 있다.On the other hand, the camera driving device is a device for changing the shooting range or control the posture by driving the camera mounted on the drone. Recently, research has been conducted on a driving device that rotates a camera module (pitch, yaw, roll control) using a shape memory alloy (SMA).
이 경우, 형상 기억 합금의 변형량을 최소로 하여, 카메라 모듈을 회전 구동시키는 것이 전자 제어와 구조 설계 측면에서 유리하다. In this case, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of electronic control and structural design to minimize rotation of the shape memory alloy and to drive the camera module in rotation.
본 제1실시예는 카메라 모듈의 자세를 제어할 수 있는 카메라 구동 장치와 상기 카메라 구동 장치가 장착된 촬영 장치와 상기 촬영 장치가 장착된 비행 장치를 제공하고자 한다.The first embodiment provides a camera driving apparatus capable of controlling a posture of a camera module, an imaging apparatus equipped with the camera driving apparatus, and a flying apparatus equipped with the imaging apparatus.
본 제2실시예에서는 최소의 형상 기억 합금의 변형량으로, 카메라 모듈을 회전 구동시킬 수 있는 카메라 구동 장치와 이를 포함하는 비행 장치를 제공하고자 한다.In the second embodiment, a camera driving device capable of rotationally driving a camera module with a minimum amount of deformation of a shape memory alloy and a flying device including the same are provided.
본 제1실시예의 카메라 구동 장치는 가동부; 상기 가동부의 중심에 대해 대칭으로 배치된 제1구동부재와 제2구동부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동부재는 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제1와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제2구동부재는 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제3와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제1와이어 및 상기 제3와이어는 형상 기억 합금이며, 상기 가동부는 상기 제1구동부재 또는 상기 제2구동부재의 형상 변형에 의해 상기 제1축과 수직인 제2축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.The camera driving device of the first embodiment includes a movable part; And a first driving member and a second driving member disposed symmetrically with respect to the center of the movable part, wherein the first driving member includes a first wire extending in a first axial direction, and the second driving member includes: And a third wire extending in a first axial direction, wherein the first wire and the third wire are shape memory alloys, and the movable portion is formed by deformation of the first driving member or the second driving member. It may rotate about a second axis perpendicular to one axis.
상기 가동부는 서로 대향하는 제1걸림부와 제2걸림부를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동부재는 상기 제1걸림부에 걸린 제1고리부와, 상기 제1고리부로부터 상기 제1와이어와 이격되어 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제2와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제2구동부재는 상기 제걸림부에 걸린 제2고리부와, 상기 제2고리부로부터 상기 제3와이어와 이격되어 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제4와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제2와이어와 상기 제4와이어는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다.The movable part includes a first catching part and a second catching part that face each other, and the first driving member is spaced apart from the first wire from the first ring part and the first ring part caught by the first catching part. And a second wire extending in the first axial direction, wherein the second driving member is spaced apart from the second wire by a second ring portion caught in the locking portion and the third wire from the second ring portion. And a fourth wire extending in a direction, wherein the second wire and the fourth wire may be a shape memory alloy.
상기 제1구동부재 및 상기 제2구동부재와 전기적으로 연결된 기판부를 더 포함할 수 있다.The apparatus may further include a substrate part electrically connected to the first driving member and the second driving member.
상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재의 온도는 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재에 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The temperature of the first driving member and the second driving member may be controlled by a power applied to the first driving member and the second driving member.
상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재 사이에 배치된 제3구동부재; 상기 제3구동부재와 이격되어 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재 사이에 배치된 제4구동부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 제3구동부재와 상기 제4구동부재는 온도에 의해 상기 제1축 방향으로 형상이 제어되고, 상기 가동부는 상기 제3구동부재와 상기 제4구동부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 경사진 제3축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다.A third driving member disposed between the first driving member and the second driving member; And a fourth driving member spaced apart from the third driving member and disposed between the first driving member and the second driving member, wherein the third driving member and the fourth driving member are connected to each other by the temperature. The shape is controlled in the axial direction, and the movable part may rotate a third axis inclined to both the first axis and the second axis by the shape of the at least one of the third driving member and the fourth driving member to the rotation axis. Can be.
상기 제3축은 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직일 수 있다.The third axis may be perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
상기 가동부에 서로 이격되어 배치된 제5구동부재와 제6구동부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 제5구동부재와 상기 제6구동부재는 온도에 의해 제3축 방향으로 형상이 제어되고, 상기 가동부는 상기 제5구동부재와 상기 제6구동부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다.And a fifth driving member and a sixth driving member spaced apart from each other in the movable part, wherein the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are controlled in a third axis direction by a temperature, and the movable part The first shaft may be rotated by a rotation axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member.
상기 제5구동부재와 상기 제6구동부재는 상기 제2축 방향으로 서로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다.The fifth driving member and the sixth driving member may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction.
본 제1실시예의 촬영 장치는 카메라 모듈이 배치된 가동부; 상기 가동부에 서로 이격되어 배치된 제1구동부재와 제2구동부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향으로 형상이 제어되고, 상기 가동부는 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축과 수직인 제2축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다.The photographing apparatus of the first embodiment includes a movable part in which a camera module is disposed; And a first driving member and a second driving member spaced apart from each other in the movable part, wherein the shape of the first driving member and the second driving member is controlled in a first axis direction by a temperature, and the movable part is The second axis perpendicular to the first axis may be rotated as the rotation axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the first driving member and the second driving member.
본 제1실시예의 비행 장치는 본체; 상기 본체의 일측에 배치되고, 상기 본체를 부양시키는 원동부; 상기 본체의 타측에 배치되는 구동 촬영 장치를 포함하고, 상기 촬영 장치는, 카메라 모듈이 배치된 가동부; 상기 가동부에 서로 이격되어 배치된 제1구동부재와 제2구동부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향으로 형상이 제어되고, 상기 가동부는 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축과 수직인 제2축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다.The flight apparatus of the first embodiment includes a main body; A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; And a driving photographing apparatus disposed at the other side of the main body, wherein the photographing apparatus comprises: a movable part in which a camera module is disposed; And a first driving member and a second driving member spaced apart from each other in the movable part, wherein the shape of the first driving member and the second driving member is controlled in a first axial direction by a temperature, and the movable part is The second axis perpendicular to the first axis may be rotated as the rotation axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the first driving member and the second driving member.
본 제2실시예의 카메라 구동 장치는 가동 부재; 상기 가동 부재에 배치되는 지지 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 이격되는 기판; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 제1구동 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 이격되는 제2구동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 제1구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 지지 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리는 상기 기판과 상기 제1구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 기판과 상기 제2구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리보다 길 수 있다.The camera driving apparatus of the second embodiment includes a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature, The distance between the point at which the first driving member is connected and the point at which the support member is connected to the second driving member is the distance between the point at which the substrate and the first driving member are connected and the point at which the substrate and the second driving member are connected. It can be longer.
상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 기판에서 상기 지지 부재로 갈수록 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재 사이의 거리가 가까워지도록, 상기 지지 부재와 경사지게 배치될 수 있다.The first driving member and the second driving member may be disposed to be inclined with the supporting member such that a distance between the first driving member and the second driving member is closer to the supporting member from the substrate.
상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 상기 지지 부재와 이루는 경사 각도는 15˚ 내지 20˚일 수 있다.An inclination angle of the first driving member and the second driving member with the support member may be 15 ° to 20 °.
상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판은 제1축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 수직한 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직한 제3축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.The support member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axial direction, the first drive member and the second drive member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the movable member is disposed in the first drive. The shape of at least one of the member and the second driving member may be rotated based on a third axis perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되는 제3구동 부재와 제4구동 부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판은 제1축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 수직한 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직한 제3축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 제3구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 지지 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리는 상기 기판과 상기 제3구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 기판과 상기 제4구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리보다 길고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제2축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.And a third driving member and a fourth driving member which connect the supporting member and the substrate and whose shape is controlled according to a temperature, wherein the supporting member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axial direction, and the first driving is performed. The member and the second driving member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the third driving member and the fourth driving member are respectively perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis. Axially spaced apart, a distance between a point at which the support member is connected to the third driving member, a point at which the support member is connected to the fourth driving member, and a point at which the substrate is connected to the third driving member, the substrate and the Longer than a distance between the points at which the fourth driving member is connected, the movable member may be rotated about the second axis by controlling the shape of the third driving member and the fourth driving member.
상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재는 상기 기판에서 상기 지지 부재로 갈수록 상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재 사이의 거리가 가까워지도록, 상기 지지 부재와 경사지게 배치될 수 있다.The third driving member and the fourth driving member may be disposed to be inclined with the supporting member such that a distance between the third driving member and the fourth driving member is closer to the supporting member from the substrate.
상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되는 제5구동 부재와 제6구동 부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 지지 부재는 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 배치되는 제1지지부와 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재가 배치되는 제2지지부를 포함하고, 상기 기판은 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 배치되는 제1기판부와 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재가 배치되는 제2기판부를 포함하고, 상기 제1지지부와 상기 제1기판부는 제1축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 수직한 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제2지지부와 상기 제2기판부는 상기 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직한 제3축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제2지지부와 상기 제5구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 제2지지부와 상기 제6구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리는 상기 제2기판부와 상기 제5구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 제2기판부와 상기 제6구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리보다 길고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.A fifth driving member and a sixth driving member which connect the supporting member and the substrate and whose shape is controlled according to a temperature, wherein the supporting member is formed of the first driving member and the second driving member; A first support part, a second support part on which the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are disposed, and the substrate includes a first substrate part and the fifth driving part on which the first driving member and the second driving member are disposed. And a second substrate portion on which the member and the sixth driving member are disposed, wherein the first support portion and the first substrate portion are spaced apart in a first axial direction, and the first driving member and the second driving member are disposed on the first substrate. The second support portion and the second substrate portion are spaced apart in the second axial direction, and the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction. Spaced in the direction of the third axis perpendicular to both axes The distance between the point at which the second support part is connected to the fifth driving member and the point at which the second support part is connected to the sixth driving member is equal to the point at which the second substrate part is connected to the fifth driving member and the second substrate. Longer than the distance between the part and the point where the sixth driving member is connected, the movable member may be rotated with respect to the first axis by the shape control of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member.
상기 가동 부재와 상기 제1기판부에 배치되는 회전 조인트를 더 포함하고, 상기 회전 조인트는 상기 가동 부재의 내측에 배치되는 볼과, 상기 볼에서 상기 제1기판부로 연장된 지지 기둥을 포함하고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 볼과 회전 가능하게 결합할 수 있다.Further comprising a rotary joint disposed in the movable member and the first substrate portion, the rotary joint includes a ball disposed inside the movable member, and a support column extending from the ball to the first substrate portion, The movable member may be rotatably coupled to the ball.
상기 제1지지부는 상기 가동 부재의 회전 중심과 제1축 방향으로 이격되어 배치되고, 상기 제2지지부는 상기 가동 부재의 회전 중심과 제1축 방향으로 동일한 위치에 배치될 수 있다.The first support part may be spaced apart from the rotation center of the movable member in a first axial direction, and the second support part may be disposed at the same position in the first axial direction as the rotation center of the movable member.
본 제2실시예의 비행 장치는 본체; 상기 본체의 일측에 배치되고, 상기 본체를 부양시키는 원동부; 상기 본체의 타측에 배치되는 카메라 구동 장치를 포함하고, 상기 카메라 구동 장치는, 가동 부재; 상기 가동 부재에 배치되는 지지 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 이격되는 기판; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 제1구동 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 이격되는 제2구동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 제1구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 지지 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리는 상기 기판과 상기 제1구동 부재가 연결된 지점과 상기 기판과 상기 제2구동 부재가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리보다 길 수 있다.The flying device of the second embodiment includes a main body; A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; A camera driving device disposed on the other side of the main body, wherein the camera driving device comprises: a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature, The distance between the point at which the first driving member is connected and the point at which the support member is connected to the second driving member is the distance between the point at which the substrate and the first driving member are connected and the point at which the substrate and the second driving member are connected. It can be longer.
본 제2실시예의 카메라 구동 장치는 가동 부재; 상기 가동 부재에 배치되는 지지 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 이격되는 기판; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 제1구동 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 이격되는 제2구동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 방향으로 나선 중심축을 가지는 입체 나선 형태일 수 있다.The camera driving apparatus of the second embodiment includes a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature, It may have a three-dimensional spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the substrate.
상기 지지 부재에 배치되는 제1도전 부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재의 일측은 상기 기판과 전기적으로 연결되고, 타측은 상기 제1도전 부재와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The electronic device may further include a first conductive member disposed on the support member, wherein one side of the first driving member and the second driving member may be electrically connected to the substrate, and the other side may be electrically connected to the first conductive member. .
상기 지지 부재와 결합하고 상기 제1구동 부재가 배치되는 홀을 포함하는 제1고정 부재와, 상기 지지 부재와 결합하고 상기 제2구동 부재가 배치되는 홀을 포함하는 제2고정 부재를 더 포함할 수 있다.And a second fixing member including a first coupling member coupled to the support member and including a hole in which the first driving member is disposed, and a second coupling member coupling the support member and a hole in which the second driving member is disposed. Can be.
상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판은 제1축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 수직한 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직한 제3축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.The support member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axial direction, the first drive member and the second drive member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the movable member is disposed in the first drive. The shape of at least one of the member and the second driving member may be rotated based on a third axis perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 방향으로 나선 중심축을 가지는 나선 형태인 제3구동 부재와 제4구동 부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판은 제1축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 수직한 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직한 제3축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제2축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.And a third driving member and a fourth driving member having a spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the supporting member and the substrate and having a shape controlled according to a temperature, and connecting the supporting member and the substrate. The support member and the substrate are spaced apart in a first axis direction, the first drive member and the second drive member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, and the third drive member and the third drive member are spaced apart from each other. The fourth driving member is spaced apart in the third axis direction perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis, and the movable member is referred to the second axis by the shape control of the third driving member and the fourth driving member. Can rotate.
상기 지지 부재에 배치되는 제1도전 부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 제3구동 부재와 상기 제4구동 부재의 일측은 상기 기판과 전기적으로 연결되고, 타측은 상기 제1도전 부재와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The electronic device may further include a first conductive member disposed on the support member, wherein one side of the third driving member and the fourth driving member may be electrically connected to the substrate, and the other side may be electrically connected to the first conductive member. .
상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 방향으로 나선 중심축을 가지는 나선 형태인 제5구동 부재와 제6구동 부재를 더 포함하고, 상기 지지 부재는 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 배치되는 제1지지부와 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재가 배치되는 제2지지부를 포함하고, 상기 기판은 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재가 배치되는 제1기판부와 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재가 배치되는 제2기판부를 포함하고, 상기 제1지지부와 상기 제1기판부는 제1축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 수직한 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제2지지부와 상기 제2기판부는 상기 제2축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재는 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직한 제3축 방향으로 이격되고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 제5구동 부재와 상기 제6구동 부재의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다.And a fifth driving member and a sixth driving member which are connected to the support member and the substrate, the shape of which is controlled according to a temperature, and which has a spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the support member and the substrate. The support member may include a first support portion on which the first driving member and the second driving member are disposed, and a second support portion on which the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are disposed, and the substrate may include the first driving member. A first substrate portion on which the member and the second driving member are disposed; and a second substrate portion on which the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are disposed, wherein the first support portion and the first substrate portion are arranged in a first axial direction. Spaced apart from each other, the first driving member and the second driving member are spaced apart in a second axis direction perpendicular to the first axis, the second support part and the second substrate part are spaced apart in the second axis direction, The fifth driving member The sixth driving member is spaced apart in the third axis direction perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis, and the movable member is controlled by the shape control of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member. Can rotate around the axis.
상기 가동 부재와 상기 제1기판부에 배치되는 회전 조인트를 더 포함하고, 상기 회전 조인트는 상기 가동 부재의 내측에 배치되는 볼과, 상기 볼에서 상기 제1기판부로 연장된 지지 기둥을 포함하고, 상기 가동 부재는 상기 볼과 회전 가능하게 결합할 수 있다.Further comprising a rotary joint disposed in the movable member and the first substrate portion, the rotary joint includes a ball disposed inside the movable member, and a support column extending from the ball to the first substrate portion, The movable member may be rotatably coupled to the ball.
상기 제1지지부는 상기 가동 부재의 회전 중심과 제1축 방향으로 이격되어 배치되고, 상기 제2지지부는 상기 가동 부재의 회전 중심과 제1축 방향으로 동일한 위치에 배치될 수 있다.The first support part may be spaced apart from the rotation center of the movable member in a first axial direction, and the second support part may be disposed at the same position in the first axial direction as the rotation center of the movable member.
본 제2실시예의 비행 장치는 본체; 상기 본체의 일측에 배치되고, 상기 본체를 부양시키는 원동부; 상기 본체의 타측에 배치되는 카메라 구동 장치를 포함하고, 상기 카메라 구동 장치는, 가동 부재; 상기 가동 부재에 배치되는 지지 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 이격되는 기판; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 제1구동 부재; 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 이격되는 제2구동 부재를 포함하고, 상기 제1구동 부재와 상기 제2구동 부재는 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되고, 상기 지지 부재와 상기 기판을 연결하는 방향으로 나선 중심축을 가지는 나선 형태일 수 있다.The flying device of the second embodiment includes a main body; A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; A camera driving device disposed on the other side of the main body, wherein the camera driving device comprises: a movable member; A support member disposed on the movable member; A substrate spaced apart from the support member; A first driving member connecting the support member and the substrate; And a second driving member connecting the support member and the substrate and spaced apart from the first driving member, wherein the first driving member and the second driving member are controlled in shape according to temperature, It may be in the form of a spiral having a spiral central axis in a direction connecting the substrate.
본 제1실시예의 카메라 구동 장치에서 카메라 모듈은 피치(pitch), 요(yaw), 롤(roll) 제어될 수 있다. 나아가 본 제1실시예의 카메라 구동 장치는 형상 기억 합금(SMA, Shape-Memory Alloy)을 이용하여, 단순하고 가벼운 구조로 3축 회전을 제어할 수 있는 장점이 있다.In the camera driving apparatus of the first embodiment, the camera module may be pitch, yaw, and roll controlled. Furthermore, the camera driving apparatus of the first embodiment has an advantage of controlling three-axis rotation with a simple and light structure by using a shape-memory alloy (SMA).
본 제2실시예의 카메라 구동 장치는 지지 부재와 기판 사이에 배치되고, 온도에 따라 형상이 제어되는 한 쌍의 구동 부재에 의해 카메라 모듈을 회전 구동시킨다. 한 쌍의 구동 부재는 지지 부재에서의 간격이 기판에서의 간격보다 길도록 경사지게 배치된다. 이러한 구동 부재의 경사 배치에 의하면, 카메라 모듈의 회전시 구동 부재의 변형량이 최소가 되어 전자 제어와 구조 설계 측면에서 유리하다.The camera drive device of the second embodiment is disposed between the support member and the substrate and rotationally drives the camera module by a pair of drive members whose shape is controlled in accordance with temperature. The pair of drive members are disposed inclined such that the spacing in the support member is longer than the spacing in the substrate. According to the inclined arrangement of the drive member, the amount of deformation of the drive member during rotation of the camera module is minimized, which is advantageous in terms of electronic control and structural design.
본 제2실시예의 카메라 구동 장치는 나선 형태의 구동 부재에 의해, "형상의 변화량"에 따른 "길이의 변화량"를 최대로 확보할 수 있다. 구동 부재의 "길이의 변화량"이 클수록, 가동 부재의 회전 범위를 넓게 확보할 수 있으므로, 최소의 형상 기억 합금의 변형량으로 카메라 모듈을 회전 구동시킬 수 있다.The camera drive device of the second embodiment can secure the maximum "change amount of length" according to "change amount of shape" by a spiral drive member. The larger the "change amount of length" of the drive member is, the wider the rotation range of the movable member can be secured, and the camera module can be driven to rotate with the minimum deformation amount of the shape memory alloy.
도 1은 본 제1실시예의 비행 장치에 대한 사시도이다.1 is a perspective view of a flight apparatus of the first embodiment.
도 2는 본 제1실시예의 촬영 장치에 대한 사시도이다.2 is a perspective view of a photographing apparatus of the first embodiment.
도 3은 커버 부재가 제거된 본 제1실시예의 촬영 장치에 대한 사시도이다.3 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of the first embodiment with the cover member removed.
도 4 내지 도 6은 본 제1실시예의 카메라 구동 장치의 구동을 나타낸 사시도이다.4 to 6 are perspective views showing the driving of the camera driving apparatus of the first embodiment.
도 7은 본 제1실시예에 사용되는 형상 기억 합금의 온도에 따른 길이 변화를 나타낸 그래프이다.Fig. 7 is a graph showing the change in length depending on the temperature of the shape memory alloy used in the first embodiment.
도 8은 본 제2실시예의 비행 장치를 나타낸 사시도이다.8 is a perspective view showing the flight device of the second embodiment.
도 9는 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 사시도이다.9 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment.
도 10은 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 분해 사시도이다.Fig. 10 is an exploded perspective view showing the imaging device of the second embodiment.
도 11은 본 제2실시예의 구동 장치를 나타낸 단면도이다.Fig. 11 is a sectional view showing the drive device of the second embodiment.
도 12는 본 제2실시예의 지지 부재와 도전 부재와 고정 부재를 나타낸 분해 사시도이다.12 is an exploded perspective view showing the supporting member, the conductive member, and the fixing member of the second embodiment.
도 13은 커버와 기판이 제외된 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 사시도이다. Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment without a cover and a substrate.
도 14는 본 제2실시예의 구동 부재가 경사지게 배치된 것을 나타낸 개념도이다.14 is a conceptual view showing that the driving member of the second embodiment is disposed to be inclined.
도 15는 본 제2실시예의 구동 부재의 경사 배치에 따른 효과를 나타낸 개념도이다.Fig. 15 is a conceptual diagram showing the effect of the inclined arrangement of the drive member of the second embodiment.
이하, 본 발명의 일부 실시예들을 예시적인 도면을 통해 설명한다. 각 도면의 구성요소들에 참조부호를 기재함에 있어서, 동일한 구성요소들에 대해서는 비록 다른 도면상에 표시되더라도 가능한 한 동일한 부호로 표시한다. 또한, 본 발명의 실시 예를 설명함에 있어, 관련된 공지 구성 또는 기능에 대한 구체적인 설명이 본 발명의 실시예에 대한 이해를 방해한다고 판단되는 경우에는 그 상세한 설명은 생략한다.Hereinafter, some embodiments of the present invention will be described by way of example. In describing the reference numerals in the components of each drawing, the same components are denoted by the same reference numerals as much as possible even though they are shown in different drawings. In addition, in describing the embodiments of the present invention, when it is determined that a detailed description of a related well-known configuration or function interferes with the understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예의 구성 요소를 설명하는 데 있어서, 제1, 제2, A, B, (a), (b) 등의 용어를 사용할 수 있다. 이러한 용어는 그 구성 요소를 다른 구성 요소와 구별하기 위한 것일 뿐, 그 용어에 의해 해당 구성 요소의 본질이나 차례 또는 순서 등이 한정되지 않는다. 어떤 구성 요소가 다른 구성요소에 "연결", "결합" 또는 "접속"된다고 기재된 경우, 그 구성 요소는 그 다른 구성요소에 직접적으로 연결, 결합 또는 접속될 수 있지만, 그 구성 요소와 그 다른 구성요소 사이에 또 다른 구성 요소가 "연결", "결합" 또는 "접속"될 수도 있다고 이해되어야 할 것이다.In addition, in describing the components of the embodiment of the present invention, terms such as first, second, A, B, (a), and (b) may be used. These terms are only for distinguishing the components from other components, and the nature, order or order of the components are not limited by the terms. When a component is described as being "connected", "coupled" or "connected" to another component, the component may be directly connected, coupled or connected to the other component, but the component and its other components It is to be understood that another component may be "connected", "coupled" or "connected" between the elements.
<제1실시예>First Embodiment
이하, "제1축"을 도면에 표시된 "x축"으로 정의한다. 이 경우, "제1축 방향"은 "전후 방향"으로 정의될 수 있고, 도면상의 직교좌표계에서 "x"가 위치한 방향이 "전방"일 수 있다. 또, "제2축"을 도면에 표시된 "y축"으로 정의한다. 이 경우, "제2축 방향"은 "상하 방향"으로 정의될 수 있고, 도면상의 직교좌표계에서 "y"가 위치한 방향이 "상측"일 수 있다. 또, "제3축"을 도면에 표시된 "z축"으로 정의한다. 이 경우, "제3축 방향"은 "좌우 방향"으로 정의될 수 있고, 도면상의 직교좌표계에서 "z"가 위치한 방향이 "우측"일 수 있다.Hereinafter, "first axis" is defined as "x axis" shown in the drawing. In this case, the "first axis direction" may be defined as "front and rear direction", and the direction in which "x" is located in the rectangular coordinate system on the drawing may be "forward". In addition, the "second axis" is defined as the "y axis" shown in the figure. In this case, the “second axis direction” may be defined as an “up and down direction”, and the direction in which “y” is located in the rectangular coordinate system on the drawing may be “up side”. In addition, "third axis" is defined as "z-axis" shown in the figure. In this case, the “third axis direction” may be defined as the “left and right directions”, and the direction in which “z” is located in the rectangular coordinate system on the drawing may be “right”.
상술한 바에 의하면, "제1축", "제2축", "제3축"은 직교 좌표계를 따라 서로 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 즉, "제1축"과 "제2축"은 서로 수직하고, "제3축"은 "제1축" 및 "제2축"과 모두 수직하게 배치될 수 있다. 다만, 이러한 배치는 설명의 편의를 위한 일 예일 뿐, "제1축", "제2축", "제3축"이 반드시 수직으로 배치되어야 하는 것을 의미하는 것이 아니다. 즉, "제1축"과 "제2축"은 90°가 아닌 각도로 서로 경사지게 배치되고, "제3축"은 "제1축" 및 제2축"과 모두 90°가 아닌 각도로 경사지게 배치될 수도 있다.As described above, the "first axis", "second axis", and "third axis" may be disposed perpendicular to each other along the Cartesian coordinate system. That is, the “first axis” and the “second axis” may be perpendicular to each other, and the “third axis” may be disposed perpendicularly to both the “first axis” and the “second axis”. However, this arrangement is only an example for convenience of description, and does not mean that the “first axis”, “second axis”, and “third axis” must be vertically disposed. That is, the "first axis" and "second axis" are disposed to be inclined with each other at an angle other than 90 °, and the "third axis" is inclined at an angle other than 90 ° with both the "first axis" and the second axis. It may be arranged.
이하, 도면을 참조하여 본 실시예의 비행 장치(1)에 대해 설명한다. 도 1은 본 실시예의 비행 장치를 나타낸 사시도이다. 비행 장치(1)는 무인 드론(drone)일 수 있다. 사용자는 비행 장치(1)를 무선 단말기(미도시)에 의해 제어할 수 있다. 비행 장치(1)는 본체(10), 원동부(20) 및 촬영 장치(1000)를 포함할 수 있다.EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION Hereinafter, the flying device 1 of this embodiment is demonstrated with reference to drawings. 1 is a perspective view showing a flight device of the present embodiment. The flight device 1 may be an unmanned drone. The user can control the flight device 1 by a wireless terminal (not shown). The flight device 1 may include a main body 10, a driving unit 20, and a photographing device 1000.
본체(10)는 외관 부재로, 본체(10)의 일측에는 원동부(20)가 배치될 수 있고, 본체(10)의 타측(아래)에는 촬영 장치(1000)가 배치될 수 있다. 또, 본체(10)의 내부에는 전자 제어 유닛(ECU, Electric Control Unit, 미도시)이 내장될 수 있다.The main body 10 may be an exterior member, and the driving unit 20 may be disposed at one side of the main body 10, and the imaging apparatus 1000 may be disposed at the other side (below) of the main body 10. In addition, an electronic control unit (ECU, Electric Control Unit, not shown) may be built in the main body 10.
원동부(20)는 본체(10)의 상하 방향 중심축을 기준으로 서로 대칭으로 배치된 복수 개의 프로펠러 유닛일 수 있다. 프로펠러의 회전에 의해 본체(10)는 비행할 수 있다.The driving unit 20 may be a plurality of propeller units disposed symmetrically with respect to the vertical axis of the main body 10. The main body 10 can fly by the rotation of the propeller.
촬영 장치(1000)는 본체(10)의 아래에 배치될 수 있다. 촬영 장치(1000)는 카메라 모듈(910)의 자세를 변경할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 카메라 모듈(910)은 비행 장치(1)의 비행시 발생하는 진동을 상쇄할 수 있다. 그 결과, 카메라 모듈(910)은 정립 상태를 유지하며 촬영을 수행할 수 있다. 또, 카메라 모듈(910)은 촬영 범위를 변경할 수 있다.The photographing apparatus 1000 may be disposed under the main body 10. The photographing apparatus 1000 may change the posture of the camera module 910. Accordingly, the camera module 910 may cancel the vibration generated when the flight device 1 is flying. As a result, the camera module 910 may perform imaging while maintaining the upright state. In addition, the camera module 910 may change the shooting range.
전자 제어 유닛은 사용자가 제어하는 무선 단말기와 무선 통신할 수 있다. 전자 제어 유닛은 비행 장치(1)의 각종 전자 부품 및 촬영 장치(1000)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The electronic control unit can communicate wirelessly with a wireless terminal controlled by the user. The electronic control unit may be electrically connected to various electronic components and the photographing apparatus 1000 of the flying device 1.
전자 제어 유닛은 사용자가 제어하는 무선 단말기와 무선 통신하여, 각종 제어 신호를 수신하고, 이를 전자 부품 및 촬영 장치(1000)로 송신하여, 전자 부품 및 촬영 장치(1000)를 제어할 수 있다. 일 예로, 전자 제어 유닛은 무선 단말기로부터 카메라 모듈(910)의 촬영 범위를 변경하는 신호를 수신하면, 촬영 장치(1000)를 제어하여 카메라 모듈(910)을 회전시킬 수 있다. 그 결과, 카메라 모듈(910)의 촬영 범위가 변경될 수 있다.The electronic control unit may wirelessly communicate with a wireless terminal controlled by a user, receive various control signals, transmit the same to the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 1000, and control the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 1000. For example, when the electronic control unit receives a signal for changing the photographing range of the camera module 910 from the wireless terminal, the electronic control unit may control the photographing apparatus 1000 to rotate the camera module 910. As a result, the photographing range of the camera module 910 may be changed.
전자 제어 유닛은 비행 장치(1)의 비행에 의해 발생하는 카메라 모듈(910)의 흔들림을 판단하고, 이에 따라, 촬영 장치(1000)를 제어하여 카메라 모듈(910)을 회전시킴으로써, 흔들림을 상쇄시킬 수 있다. 그 결과, 카메라 모듈(910)은 정립된 상태로 촬영을 수행할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 자이로 센서(미도시) 또는 가속도 센서(미도시) 등이 카메라 모듈(910)에 내장되거나, 촬영 장치(1000)의 기판부(920)에 실장될 수 있다. 전자 제어 유닛은 자이로 센서 또는 가속도 센서와 전기적으로 연결되어 카메라 모듈(910)의 흔들림을 판단할 수 있다.The electronic control unit determines the shaking of the camera module 910 caused by the flight of the flying device 1 and, accordingly, controls the photographing apparatus 1000 to rotate the camera module 910 to cancel the shaking. Can be. As a result, the camera module 910 may perform imaging in an established state. To this end, a gyro sensor (not shown), an acceleration sensor (not shown), or the like may be embedded in the camera module 910 or may be mounted on the substrate 920 of the photographing apparatus 1000. The electronic control unit may be electrically connected to the gyro sensor or the acceleration sensor to determine the shaking of the camera module 910.
전자 제어 유닛의 위치가 비행 장치(1)에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 즉, 전자 제어 유닛은 비행 장치(1)에 내장될 수도 있고, 촬영 장치(1000)의 기판부(920)에 칩 형태로 실장될 수도 있다.The position of the electronic control unit is not limited to the flying device 1. That is, the electronic control unit may be embedded in the flight device 1 or may be mounted in the form of a chip on the substrate 920 of the imaging apparatus 1000.
이하, 도면을 참조하여 본 실시예의 촬영 장치(1000)의 구조를 설명한다. 촬영 장치(1000)는 카메라 모듈(910)이 장착된 "카메라 구동 장치"일 수 있다. 즉, 카메라 모듈(910)이 해제된 촬영 장치(1000)는 "카메라 구동 장치"로 호칭될 수 있다.Hereinafter, the structure of the photographing apparatus 1000 of this embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. The photographing apparatus 1000 may be a “camera driving apparatus” on which the camera module 910 is mounted. That is, the photographing apparatus 1000 in which the camera module 910 is released may be referred to as a "camera driving apparatus."
도 2는 본 실시예의 촬영 장치에 대한 사시도이다. 도 2에서 도시하는 바와 같이, 본 실시예의 촬영 장치(1000)는 커버 부재(100), 가동부(200), 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700), 제6구동부재(800), 카메라 모듈(910) 및 기판부(920)를 포함할 수 있다.2 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2, the photographing apparatus 1000 according to the present exemplary embodiment includes a cover member 100, a movable part 200, a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, and a third driving member 500. ), A fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, a sixth driving member 800, a camera module 910, and a substrate unit 920.
커버부재(100)는 촬영 장치(1000)의 외장부재로, 커버부재(100)의 내측에는 가동부(200), 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700), 제6구동부재(800) 및 카메라 모듈(910)을 수용하기 위한 공간이 마련될 수 있다. 커버부재(100)의 우측면과 후방면에는 90도로 절곡 또는 만곡된 기판부(920)가 배치될 수 있다.The cover member 100 is an exterior member of the photographing apparatus 1000. The cover member 100 is provided with a movable part 200, a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, and a third driving member inside the cover member 100. 500, a space for accommodating the fourth driving member 600, the fifth driving member 700, the sixth driving member 800, and the camera module 910 may be provided. The substrate 920 bent or curved at 90 degrees may be disposed on the right side and the rear side of the cover member 100.
가동부(200)는 커버부재(100)의 내부에 수용될 수 있다. 가동부(200)의 내측에는 카메라 모듈(910)이 배치될 수 있다. 가동부(200)는 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)에 의해 회전 구동할 수 있다.The movable part 200 may be accommodated in the cover member 100. The camera module 910 may be disposed inside the movable unit 200. The movable part 200 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member ( 800 can be driven to rotate.
제1구동부재(300)와 제2구동부재(400) 중 적어도 하나의 형상이 제어됨으로써, 가동부(200)는 제2축(y축)을 회전축으로 회전(yaw 제어)할 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500)와 제4구동부재(600) 중 적어도 하나의 형상이 제어됨으로써, 가동부(200)는 제3축(z축)을 회전축으로 회전(roll 제어)할 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700)와 제6구동부재(800) 중 적어도 하나의 형상이 제어됨으로써, 가동부(200)는 제1축(x축)을 회전축으로 회전(pitch 제어)할 수 있다.By controlling the shape of at least one of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400, the movable part 200 may rotate the second axis (y axis) to the rotation axis (yaw control). As the shape of at least one of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 is controlled, the movable part 200 may rotate the third axis (z axis) to the rotation axis (roll control). By controlling the shape of at least one of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800, the movable part 200 may rotate the first axis (x axis) to the rotation axis (pitch control).
카메라 모듈(910)은 가동부(200)의 내측에 배치될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(910)은 가동부(200)의 내부에 수용될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(910)은 가동부(200)의 회전시 함께 회전할 수 있다. 이 경우, 카메라 모듈(910)의 자세가 제어될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(910)은 촬영을 수행할 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(910)은 "카메라"로 호칭될 수 있다.The camera module 910 may be disposed inside the movable unit 200. The camera module 910 may be accommodated in the movable part 200. The camera module 910 may rotate together when the movable unit 200 rotates. In this case, the attitude of the camera module 910 may be controlled. The camera module 910 may perform shooting. The camera module 910 may be referred to as a "camera."
기판부(920)는 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 기판부(920)는 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)에 전원을 인가할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)의 온도가 변화되어, 형상이 제어될 수 있다.The substrate 920 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member. And may be electrically connected to 800. The substrate 920 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member. Power may be applied to the 800. In this case, the first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, the fourth driving member 600, the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 The temperature of is changed so that the shape can be controlled.
카메라 모듈(910)은 인출된 도전 라인(미도시) 또는 무선 통신 등을 통하여 기판부(920) 또는 비행 장치(1)의 전자 제어 유닛 등과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(910)에서 출력된 영상 신호는 카메라 모듈(910)에 저장되거나, 기판부(920) 또는 전자 제어 유닛을 통해 별도의 디스플레이 장치 또는 영상 신호 저장 장치(일 예로, USB) 등에 전송될 수 있다. 한편, 카메라 모듈(910)이 제외된 촬영 장치(1000)를 "짐벌 장치"라고 호칭할 수 있다.The camera module 910 may be electrically connected to the substrate 920 or the electronic control unit of the flying device 1 through a drawn conductive line (not shown) or wireless communication. The image signal output from the camera module 910 may be stored in the camera module 910 or transmitted to a separate display device or an image signal storage device (eg, USB) through the substrate 920 or the electronic control unit. have. Meanwhile, the photographing apparatus 1000 in which the camera module 910 is excluded may be referred to as a "gimbal apparatus."
이하, 도 3을 참조하여 본 실시예의 가동부(200), 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700), 제6구동부재(800) 및 기판부(920)의 구조를 자세히 설명한다. 도 3은 커버 부재가 제거된 본 실시예의 촬영 장치에 대한 사시도이다.Hereinafter, referring to FIG. 3, the movable part 200, the first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, the fourth driving member 600, and the fifth driving according to the present embodiment will be described. The structure of the member 700, the sixth driving member 800 and the substrate 920 will be described in detail. 3 is a perspective view of the photographing apparatus of this embodiment with the cover member removed.
가동부(200)는 중공으로, 내부에는 카메라 모듈(910)이 배치될 수 있다. 가동부(200)는 전방이 절단된 구 형태일 수 있다. 가동부(200)의 전방면에는 카메라 모듈(910)이 장착되는 공간이 마련될 수 있다. The movable unit 200 may be hollow, and a camera module 910 may be disposed therein. The movable part 200 may have a spherical shape with a front cut off. The front surface of the movable unit 200 may be provided with a space in which the camera module 910 is mounted.
가동부(200)는 후방 부분에서 기판부(920)로 연결된 탄성 기둥을 포함할 수 있다. 가동부(200)는 탄성 기둥에 의해 기판부(920)에 탄성 지지될 수 있다. 그 결과, 가동부(200)는 탄성 변형에 의해 회전 구동할 수 있다. 가동부(200)는 구동부재에 의해 회전할 수 있다. 이 경우, 카메라 모듈(910)은 가동부(200)와 일체로 회전 구동할 수 있다.The movable unit 200 may include an elastic pillar connected to the substrate unit 920 at the rear portion. The movable part 200 may be elastically supported by the substrate part 920 by an elastic pillar. As a result, the movable part 200 can be driven to rotate by elastic deformation. The movable part 200 may rotate by the driving member. In this case, the camera module 910 may be driven to rotate integrally with the movable part 200.
가동부(200)는 제1고리부(211), 제2고리부(212), 제3고리부(213), 제4고리부(214), 제5고리부(215) 및 제6고리부(216)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1고리부(211) 및 제2고리부(212)는 가동부(200)의 제1축 방향 중심축(전후 방향 중심축)을 기준으로 서로 대칭으로 배치될 수 있다. 제1고리부(211) 및 제2고리부(212)는 각각 가동부(200)의 전방 면의 좌측과 우측에 배치될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1고리부(211)는 좌측에 배치되며, 제2고리부(212)는 우측에 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300)는 제1고리부(211)에 걸려, 장력이 인가될 수 있다. 제2구동부재(400)는 제2고리부(212)에 걸려, 장력이 인가될 수 있다.The movable part 200 includes a first ring part 211, a second ring part 212, a third ring part 213, a fourth ring part 214, a fifth ring part 215, and a sixth ring part ( 216). The first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212 may be symmetrically disposed with respect to the first axial center axis (front and rear direction central axis) of the movable part 200. The first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212 may be disposed on the left side and the right side of the front surface of the movable portion 200, respectively. In this case, the first ring portion 211 may be disposed on the left side, and the second ring portion 212 may be disposed on the right side. The first driving member 300 may be caught by the first ring portion 211 to apply a tension. The second driving member 400 is caught by the second ring portion 212, and tension may be applied.
제3고리부(213) 및 제4고리부(214)는 제1고리부(211) 및 제2고리부(212)와 이격되어, 가동부(200)의 제1축 방향 중심축(전후 방향 중심축)을 기준으로 서로 대칭으로 배치될 수 있다. 제3고리부(213) 및 제4고리부(214)는 제1고리부(211) 및 제2고리부(212)와 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 동일한 위상을 가질 수 있다. 제3고리부(213) 및 제4고리부(214)는 각각 가동부(200)의 전방 면의 상측과 하측에 배치될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3고리부(213)는 아래에 배치되고, 제4고리부(214)는 위에 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500)는 제3고리부(213)에 걸려, 장력이 인가될 수 있다. 제4구동부재(600)는 제4고리부(214)에 걸려, 장력이 인가될 수 있다.The third ring portion 213 and the fourth ring portion 214 are spaced apart from the first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212, so that the first axis in the first axis direction of the movable portion 200 (fore and aft center) Axes) can be arranged symmetrically with respect to one another. The third ring portion 213 and the fourth ring portion 214 may have the same phase with the first ring portion 211 and the second ring portion 212 in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The third ring portion 213 and the fourth ring portion 214 may be disposed above and below the front surface of the movable portion 200, respectively. In this case, the third ring portion 213 may be disposed below, and the fourth ring portion 214 may be disposed above. The third driving member 500 may be caught by the third ring portion 213 to apply tension. The fourth driving member 600 is caught by the fourth ring portion 214, and tension may be applied.
제1고리부(211), 제2고리부(212), 제3고리부(213) 및 제4고리부(214)는 가동부(200)의 전방 면에 별도로 마련된, 평판 링 형태의 프레임에 배치될 수 있다.The first ring portion 211, the second ring portion 212, the third ring portion 213, and the fourth ring portion 214 are disposed in a flat ring-shaped frame, which is separately provided on the front surface of the movable portion 200. Can be.
제5고리부(215)와 제6고리부(216)는 제1고리부(211), 제2고리부(212), 제3고리부(213) 및 제4고리부(214)와 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 이격되어, 가동부(200)의 제1축 방향 중심축(전후 방향 중심축)을 기준으로 서로 대칭으로 배치될 수 있다. 제5고리부(215)와 제6고리부(216)는 제1고리부(211), 제2고리부(212), 제3고리부(213) 및 제4고리부(214)와 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 동일하지 않은 위상을 가질 수 있다. 제5고리부(215)와 제6고리부(216)는 각각 가동부(200)의 측면의 상측과 하측에 배치될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제5고리부(215)는 아래에 배치될 수 있고, 제6고리부(216)는 위에 배치될 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700)는 제5고리부(215)에 걸려, 장력이 인가될 수 있다. 제6구동부재(800)는 제6고리부(216)에 걸려, 장력이 인가될 수 있다.The fifth ring portion 215 and the sixth ring portion 216 include the first ring portion 211, the second ring portion 212, the third ring portion 213, and the fourth ring portion 214 and the first ring portion 214. Spaced apart in the axial direction (front and rear direction), it can be disposed symmetrically with respect to the first axis direction central axis (front and rear direction central axis) of the movable part 200. The fifth ring portion 215 and the sixth ring portion 216 include the first ring portion 211, the second ring portion 212, the third ring portion 213, and the fourth ring portion 214 and the first ring portion 214. It may have unequal phases in the axial direction (front and rear). The fifth ring portion 215 and the sixth ring portion 216 may be disposed above and below the side surface of the movable portion 200, respectively. In this case, the fifth ring portion 215 may be disposed below, and the sixth ring portion 216 may be disposed above. The fifth driving member 700 may be caught by the fifth ring portion 215 to apply tension. The sixth driving member 800 may be caught by the sixth ring portion 216 to apply tension.
제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 가동부(200)에 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 서로 이격될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1구동부재(300)는 좌측에 배치될 수 있고, 제2구동부재(400)는 우측에 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 가동부(200)의 제1축 방향 중심축(전후 방향)을 기준으로 대칭으로 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 기판부(920)로 연장될 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장되어 기판부(920)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be disposed parallel to each other in the movable part 200. The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be spaced apart from each other in the third axis direction (left and right directions). In this case, the first driving member 300 may be disposed on the left side, and the second driving member 400 may be disposed on the right side. The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be symmetrically disposed based on the first axis direction (front and rear direction) of the movable part 200. The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may extend to the substrate portion 920. The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may extend in the first axis direction (front and rear directions) to be electrically connected to the substrate 920.
제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axial direction (front and rear direction) by temperature. The temperature of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
제1구동부재(300)는 제1걸림부(310), 제1와이어(320), 제2와이어(330) 및 제1커넥터(340)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1걸림부(310)는 호 형태(중심각이 180도)로 제1고리부(211)에 걸릴 수 있다(후크 결합, 견련).The first driving member 300 may include a first catching part 310, a first wire 320, a second wire 330, and a first connector 340. The first locking portion 310 may be hooked to the first ring portion 211 in an arc shape (center angle is 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
제1와이어(320) 및 제2와이어(330)는 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제1와이어(320) 및 제2와이어(330)는 제2축 방향(상하 방향)으로 이격되어 위치할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1와이어(320)는 위에, 제2와이어(330)는 아래에 배치될 수 있다. 제1와이어(320)는 제1걸림부(310)의 일측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제1커넥터(340)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1와이어(320)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다. 제2와이어(330)는 제1걸림부(310)의 타측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제1커넥터(340)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제2와이어(330)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다.The first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be disposed in parallel to each other. The first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be spaced apart in the second axis direction (up and down direction). In this case, the first wire 320 may be disposed above and the second wire 330 may be disposed below. The first wire 320 may extend from one end of the first catching part 310 to the substrate 920 or the first connector 340. In this case, the first wire 320 may extend in the first axial direction (front and rear direction). The second wire 330 may extend from the other end of the first catching part 310 to the substrate part 920 or the first connector 340. In this case, the second wire 330 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
제1와이어(320) 및 제2와이어(330)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제1와이어(320) 및 제2와이어(330)는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제1와이어(320) 및 제2와이어(330)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature. The temperature of the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
제1커넥터(340)는 기판부(920)와 제1와이어(320) 사이에 배치되고, 기판부(920)와 제2와이어(330) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제1커넥터(340)는 기판부(920)와 제1와이어(320)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제1커넥터(340)는 기판부(920)와 제2와이어(330)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제1커넥터(340)는 마치 지주와 같이, 제1와이어(320) 및 제2와이어(330)를 기판부(920)에 안정적으로 고정시킬 수 있다.The first connector 340 may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the first wire 320, and may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the second wire 330. The first connector 340 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the first wire 320. The first connector 340 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the second wire 330. The first connector 340 may stably fix the first wire 320 and the second wire 330 to the substrate 920 like a support.
제2구동부재(400)는 제2걸림부(410), 제3와이어(420), 제4와이어(430) 및 제2커넥터(440)를 포함할 수 있다. 제2걸림부(410)는 호 형태(중심각이 180도)로 제2고리부(212)에 걸릴 수 있다(후크 결합, 견련).The second driving member 400 may include a second catching part 410, a third wire 420, a fourth wire 430, and a second connector 440. The second locking portion 410 may be hooked to the second ring portion 212 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
제3와이어(420) 및 제4와이어(430)는 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제3와이어(420) 및 제4와이어(430)는 제2축 방향(상하 방향)으로 이격되어 위치할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3와이어(420)는 위에, 제4와이어(430)는 아래에 배치될 수 있다. 제3와이어(420)는 제2걸림부(410)의 일측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제2커넥터(440)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3와이어(420)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다. 제4와이어(430)는 제2걸림부(410)의 타측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제2커넥터(440)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제4와이어(430)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다.The third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be arranged in parallel with each other. The third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction (up and down direction). In this case, the third wire 420 may be disposed above and the fourth wire 430 may be disposed below. The third wire 420 may extend from one end of the second catching portion 410 to the substrate portion 920 or the second connector 440. In this case, the third wire 420 may extend in the first axial direction (front and rear direction). The fourth wire 430 may extend from the other end of the second catching part 410 to the substrate part 920 or the second connector 440. In this case, the fourth wire 430 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
제3와이어(420) 및 제4와이어(430)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제3와이어(420) 및 제4와이어(430)는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제3와이어(420) 및 제4와이어(430)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature. The temperature of the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
제2커넥터(440)는 기판부(920)와 제3와이어(420) 사이에 배치되고, 기판부(920)와 제4와이어(430) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제2커넥터(440)는 기판부(920)와 제3와이어(420)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제2커넥터(440)는 기판부(920)와 제4와이어(430)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제2커넥터(440)는 마치 지주와 같이, 제3와이어(420) 및 제4와이어(430)를 기판부(920)에 안정적으로 고정시킬 수 있다.The second connector 440 may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the third wire 420, and may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the fourth wire 430. The second connector 440 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the third wire 420. The second connector 440 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the fourth wire 430. The second connector 440 may stably fix the third wire 420 and the fourth wire 430 to the substrate 920 like a support.
제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 가동부(200)에 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 제2축 방향(상하 방향)으로 서로 이격될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3구동부재(500)는 아래에 배치될 수 있고, 제4구동부재(600)는 위에 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 가동부(200)의 제1축 방향 중심축(전후 방향)을 기준으로 대칭으로 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 기판부(920)로 연장될 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장되어 기판부(920)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be disposed in parallel with each other on the movable part 200. The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction (up and down direction). In this case, the third driving member 500 may be disposed below, and the fourth driving member 600 may be disposed above. The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be symmetrically disposed with respect to the first axis direction (front and rear direction) of the movable part 200. The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may extend to the substrate portion 920. The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may extend in the first axis direction (front and rear direction) to be electrically connected to the substrate 920.
제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)와 서로 이격되고, 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)을 기준으로 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400)와 동일한 위상을 가질 수 있다.The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be spaced apart from each other and parallel to the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400. In this case, the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 have the same phase as the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 with respect to the first axis direction (front and rear direction). Can be.
제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axial direction (front and rear direction) by temperature. The temperature of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
제3구동부재(500)는 제3걸림부(510), 제5와이어(520), 제6와이어(530) 및 제3커넥터(540)를 포함할 수 있다. 제3걸림부(510)는 호 형태(중심각이 180도)로 제3고리부(213)에 걸릴 수 있다(후크 결합, 견련).The third driving member 500 may include a third locking portion 510, a fifth wire 520, a sixth wire 530, and a third connector 540. The third locking portion 510 may be hooked to the third ring portion 213 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
제5와이어(520) 및 제6와이어(530)는 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제5와이어(520) 및 제6와이어(530)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 이격되어 위치할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제5와이어(520)는 좌측에, 제6와이어(530)는 우측에 배치될 수 있다. 제5와이어(520)는 제3걸림부(510)의 일측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제3커넥터(540)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제5와이어(520)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다. 제6와이어(530)는 제3걸림부(510)의 타측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제3커넥터(540)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제6와이어(530)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다.The fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 may be disposed in parallel to each other. The fifth and sixth wires 520 and 530 may be spaced apart from each other in the third axis direction (left and right directions). In this case, the fifth wire 520 may be disposed on the left side and the sixth wire 530 may be disposed on the right side. The fifth wire 520 may extend from one end of the third catching portion 510 to the substrate portion 920 or the third connector 540. In this case, the fifth wire 520 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction). The sixth wire 530 may extend from the other end of the third catching part 510 to the substrate part 920 or the third connector 540. In this case, the sixth wire 530 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
제5와이어(520) 및 제6와이어(530)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제5와이어(520) 및 제6와이어(530)는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제5와이어(520) 및 제6와이어(530)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The fifth and sixth wires 520 and 530 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature. The temperature of the fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
제3커넥터(540)는 기판부(920)와 제5와이어(520) 사이에 배치되고, 기판부(920)와 제6와이어(530) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제3커넥터(540)는 기판부(920)와 제5와이어(520)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제3커넥터(540)는 기판부(920)와 제6와이어(530)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제3커넥터(540)는 마치 지주와 같이, 제5와이어(520) 및 제6와이어(530)를 기판부(920)에 안정적으로 고정시킬 수 있다.The third connector 540 may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the fifth wire 520, and may be disposed between the substrate 920 and the sixth wire 530. The third connector 540 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the fifth wire 520. The third connector 540 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the sixth wire 530. The third connector 540 may stably fix the fifth wire 520 and the sixth wire 530 to the substrate 920 like a support.
제4구동부재(600)는 제4걸림부(610), 제7와이어(620), 제8와이어(630) 및 제4커넥터(640)를 포함할 수 있다. 제4걸림부(610)는 호 형태(중심각이 180도)로 제4고리부(214)에 걸릴 수 있다(후크 결합, 견련).The fourth driving member 600 may include a fourth locking part 610, a seventh wire 620, an eighth wire 630, and a fourth connector 640. The fourth locking portion 610 may be hooked to the fourth ring portion 214 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
제7와이어(620) 및 제8와이어(630)는 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제7와이어(620) 및 제8와이어(630)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 이격되어 위치할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제7와이어(620)는 좌측에, 제8와이어(630)는 우측에 배치될 수 있다. 제7와이어(620)는 제4걸림부(610)의 일측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제4커넥터(640)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제7와이어(620)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다. 제8와이어(630)는 제4걸림부(610)의 타측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제4커넥터(640)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제8와이어(630)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다.The seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be disposed in parallel to each other. The seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be spaced apart in the third axis direction (left and right directions). In this case, the seventh wire 620 may be disposed on the left side, and the eighth wire 630 may be disposed on the right side. The seventh wire 620 may extend from one end of the fourth locking portion 610 to the substrate portion 920 or the fourth connector 640. In this case, the seventh wire 620 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction). The eighth wire 630 may extend from the other end of the fourth catching portion 610 to the substrate portion 920 or the fourth connector 640. In this case, the eighth wire 630 may extend in the first axis direction (rear direction).
제7와이어(620) 및 제8와이어(630)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제7와이어(620) 및 제8와이어(630)는 온도에 의해 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제7와이어(620) 및 제8와이어(630)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may extend or contract in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). The seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a first axis direction (front and rear direction) by temperature. The temperature of the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
제4커넥터(640)는 기판부(920)와 제7와이어(620) 사이에 배치되고, 기판부(920)와 제8와이어(630) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제4커넥터(640)는 기판부(920)와 제7와이어(620)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제4커넥터(640)는 기판부(920)와 제8와이어(630)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제4커넥터(640)는 마치 지주와 같이, 제7와이어(620) 및 제8와이어(630)를 기판부(920)에 안정적으로 고정시킬 수 있다.The fourth connector 640 may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the seventh wire 620 and may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the eighth wire 630. The fourth connector 640 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the seventh wire 620. The fourth connector 640 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the eighth wire 630. The fourth connector 640 can stably fix the seventh wire 620 and the eighth wire 630 to the substrate unit 920, like a post.
제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 가동부(200)에 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 제2축 방향(상하 방향)으로 서로 이격될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제5구동부재(700)는 아래에 배치될 수 있고, 제6구동부재(800)는 위에 배치될 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 가동부(200)의 제1축 방향 중심축(전후 방향)을 기준으로 대칭으로 배치될 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 기판부(920)로 연장될 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 연장되어 기판부(920)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be disposed parallel to each other on the movable part 200. The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction (up and down direction). In this case, the fifth driving member 700 may be disposed below, and the sixth driving member 800 may be disposed above. The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be disposed symmetrically with respect to the first axis direction (front and rear direction) of the movable part 200. The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may extend to the substrate unit 920. The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions) to be electrically connected to the substrate 920.
제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(4000), 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)와 이격되어 배치될 수 있다.The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 are spaced apart from the first driving member 300, the second driving member 4000, the third driving member 500, and the fourth driving member 600. Can be arranged.
제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)는 온도에 의해 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may extend or contract in the third axis direction (left and right directions). The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a third axis direction (left and right directions) by temperature. The temperature of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
제5구동부재(700)는 제5걸림부(710), 제9와이어(720), 제10와이어(730) 및 제5커넥터(740)를 포함할 수 있다. 제5걸림부(710)는 호 형태(중심각이 180도)로 제5고리부(215)에 걸릴 수 있다(후크 결합, 견련).The fifth driving member 700 may include a fifth locking portion 710, a ninth wire 720, a tenth wire 730, and a fifth connector 740. The fifth locking portion 710 may be hooked to the fifth ring portion 215 in an arc shape (center angle is 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
제9와이어(720) 및 제10와이어(730)는 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제9와이어(720) 및 제10와이어(730)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 이격되어 위치할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제9와이어(720)는 후방에, 제10와이어(730)는 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제9와이어(720)는 제5걸림부(710)의 일측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제5커넥터(740)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제9와이어(720)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다. 제10와이어(730)는 제5걸림부(710)의 타측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제5커넥터(740)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제10와이어(730)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다.The ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be disposed in parallel to each other. The ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be spaced apart in the first axis direction (front and rear direction). In this case, the ninth wire 720 may be disposed at the rear and the tenth wire 730 may be disposed at the front. The ninth wire 720 may extend from the one end of the fifth catching portion 710 to the substrate portion 920 or the fifth connector 740. In this case, the ninth wire 720 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions). The tenth wire 730 may extend from the other end of the fifth locking portion 710 to the substrate portion 920 or the fifth connector 740. In this case, the tenth wire 730 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
제9와이어(720) 및 제10와이어(730)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제9와이어(720) 및 제10와이어(730)는 온도에 의해 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제9와이어(720) 및 제10와이어(730)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may extend or contract in the third axis direction (left and right directions). The ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a third axis direction (left and right directions) by temperature. The temperature of the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate unit 920.
제5커넥터(740)는 기판부(920)와 제9와이어(720) 사이에 배치되고, 기판부(920)와 제10와이어(730) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제5커넥터(740)는 기판부(920)와 제9와이어(720)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제5커넥터(740)는 기판부(920)와 제10와이어(730)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제5커넥터(740)는 마치 지주와 같이, 제9와이어(720) 및 제10와이어(730)를 기판부(920)에 안정적으로 고정시킬 수 있다.The fifth connector 740 may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the ninth wire 720, and may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the tenth wire 730. The fifth connector 740 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the ninth wire 720. The fifth connector 740 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the tenth wire 730. The fifth connector 740 may stably fix the ninth wire 720 and the tenth wire 730 to the substrate unit 920, like a post.
제6구동부재(800)는 제6걸림부(810), 제11와이어(820), 제12와이어(830) 및 제6커넥터(840)를 포함할 수 있다. 제6걸림부(810)는 호 형태(중심각이 180도)로 제6고리부(216)에 걸릴 수 있다(후크 결합, 견련).The sixth driving member 800 may include a sixth locking portion 810, an eleventh wire 820, a twelfth wire 830, and a sixth connector 840. The sixth locking portion 810 may be hooked to the sixth ring portion 216 in the form of an arc (center angle of 180 degrees) (hook coupling, stiffness).
제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)는 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)는 제1축 방향(전후 방향)으로 이격되어 위치할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제11와이어(820)는 후방에, 제12와이어(830)는 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제11와이어(820)는 제6걸림부(810)의 일측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제6커넥터(840)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제11와이어(820)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다. 제12와이어(830)는 제6걸림부(810)의 타측 단부에서 기판부(920) 또는 제6커넥터(840)로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제12와이어(830)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 연장될 수 있다.The eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be disposed in parallel to each other. The eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be spaced apart from each other in the first axis direction (front and rear directions). In this case, the eleventh wire 820 may be disposed at the rear and the twelfth wire 830 may be disposed at the front. The eleventh wire 820 may extend from one end of the sixth catching portion 810 to the substrate portion 920 or the sixth connector 840. In this case, the eleventh wire 820 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions). The twelfth wire 830 may extend from the other end of the sixth catching part 810 to the substrate 920 or the sixth connector 840. In this case, the twelfth wire 830 may extend in the third axis direction (left and right directions).
제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)는 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 신장되거나 축소될 수 있다. 제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)는 온도에 의해 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)으로 형상이 제어되는 형상 기억 합금일 수 있다. 제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)의 온도는 기판부(920)에 의해 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may extend or contract in the third axis direction (left and right directions). The eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be shape memory alloys whose shape is controlled in a third axis direction (left and right directions) by temperature. The temperature of the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 may be controlled by a power applied by the substrate 920.
제6커넥터(840)는 기판부(920)와 제11와이어(820) 사이에 배치되고, 기판부(920)와 제12와이어(830) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제6커넥터(840)는 기판부(920)와 제11와이어(820)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제6커넥터(840)는 기판부(920)와 제12와이어(830)를 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제6커넥터(840)는 마치 지주와 같이, 제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)를 기판부(920)에 안정적으로 고정시킬 수 있다.The sixth connector 840 may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the eleventh wire 820, and may be disposed between the substrate portion 920 and the twelfth wire 830. The sixth connector 840 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the eleventh wire 820. The sixth connector 840 may electrically connect the substrate 920 and the twelfth wire 830. The sixth connector 840 can stably fix the eleventh wire 820 and the twelfth wire 830 to the substrate 920 like a support.
기판부(920)는 인쇄회로기판(PCB, Printed Circuit Board)일 수 있다. 기판부(920)는 90도로 절곡되거나 만곡되어 형성될 수 있다. 기판부(920)는 제1면과 제2면을 포함할 수 있다.The substrate 920 may be a printed circuit board (PCB). The substrate 920 may be formed to be bent or curved at 90 degrees. The substrate unit 920 may include a first surface and a second surface.
기판부(920)의 제1면은 각 면이 제1축 방향(전후 방향)을 향하도록 배치될 수 있다. 기판부(920)의 제1면에는 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600)가 연결될 수 있다. 기판부(920)의 제1면에는 제1커넥터(340), 제2커넥터(440), 제3커넥터(540) 및 제4커넥터(640)가 실장되고, 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600) 각각은 제1커넥터(340), 제2커넥터(440), 제3커넥터(540) 및 제4커넥터(640) 각각을 통해 기판부(920)의 제1면과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 기판부(920)의 제1면은 커버 부재(100)로부터 노출되어, 촬영 장치(1000)의 후방 면을 형성할 수 있다. 촬영 장치(1000) 또는 비행 장치(1)에는 기판부(920)의 제1면을 감싸는 별도의 외장 부재(미도시)가 마련되어, 기판부(920)의 제1면이 외부로 노출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The first surface of the substrate 920 may be disposed such that each surface faces a first axis direction (front and rear direction). The first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, and the fourth driving member 600 may be connected to the first surface of the substrate 920. The first connector 340, the second connector 440, the third connector 540, and the fourth connector 640 are mounted on the first surface of the substrate 920, and the first driving member 300 and the first connector 640 are mounted. Each of the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, and the fourth driving member 600 includes a first connector 340, a second connector 440, a third connector 540, and a fourth connector 640. Each of the first and second substrates may be electrically connected to the first surface of the substrate 920. The first surface of the substrate 920 may be exposed from the cover member 100 to form a rear surface of the photographing apparatus 1000. The photographing apparatus 1000 or the flight apparatus 1 is provided with a separate exterior member (not shown) surrounding the first surface of the substrate 920 to prevent the first surface of the substrate 920 from being exposed to the outside. can do.
기판부(920)의 제2면은 각 면이 제3축 방향(좌우 방향)을 향하도록 배치될 수 있다. 기판부(920)의 제2면에는 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)가 연결될 수 있다. 기판부(920)의 제2면에는 제5커넥터(740) 및 제6커넥터(840)가 실장되고, 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800) 각각은 제5커넥터(740) 및 제6커넥터(840) 각각을 통해 기판부(920)의 제2면과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 기판부(920)의 제2면은 커버 부재(100)로부터 노출되어, 촬영 장치(1000)의 우측 면을 형성할 수 있다. 촬영 장치(1000) 또는 비행 장치(1)에는 기판부(920)의 제2면을 감싸는 별도의 외장 부재(미도시)가 마련되어, 기판부(920)의 제2면이 외부로 노출되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.The second surface of the substrate 920 may be disposed such that each surface faces a third axis direction (left and right directions). The fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be connected to the second surface of the substrate 920. The fifth connector 740 and the sixth connector 840 are mounted on the second surface of the substrate 920, and each of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 is the fifth connector 740. And a second surface of the substrate 920 through each of the sixth connectors 840. The second surface of the substrate 920 may be exposed from the cover member 100 to form a right surface of the photographing apparatus 1000. The imaging device 1000 or the flying device 1 is provided with a separate exterior member (not shown) surrounding the second surface of the substrate 920 to prevent the second surface of the substrate 920 from being exposed to the outside. can do.
기판부(920)는 비행 장치(1)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 기판부(920)는 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)에 전원을 인가할 수 있다. 이 경우, 비행 장치(1)의 전자 제어 유닛의 제어 신호에 의해 제1구동부재(300), 제2구동부재(400), 제3구동부재(500), 제4구동부재(600), 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800)에 인가되는 전류의 방향, 크기, 세기 등은 조절될 수 있다.The substrate unit 920 may be electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 1. The substrate 920 may include a first driving member 300, a second driving member 400, a third driving member 500, a fourth driving member 600, a fifth driving member 700, and a sixth driving member. Power may be applied to the 800. In this case, the first driving member 300, the second driving member 400, the third driving member 500, the fourth driving member 600, and the first driving member 300 are controlled by the control signal of the electronic control unit of the flying device 1. The direction, magnitude, intensity, etc. of the currents applied to the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 may be adjusted.
이하, 도면을 참조하여 본 실시예의 촬영 장치(1000)의 구동(카메라 구동 장치의 구동 원리)에 대해 설명한다. 먼저, 도 4를 참조하여 카메라 모듈(910)이 제2축(상하 방향 축)을 기준으로 회전(yaw 제어)시키는 것에 대해서 설명한다. 도 4는 카메라 모듈(910)이 제2축(상하 방향 축)을 기준으로 회전하는 것을 위에서 바라본 개념도이다. 본 실시예의 촬영 장치(1000)는 제2축을 기준으로 회전하여 촬영 범위를 변경하고자 하는 경우나, 제2축을 기준으로 요동이 발생하여 이를 상쇄하고자 하는 경우에, 가동부(200)를 제2축을 기준으로 회전시켜 촬영 범위를 변경하거나, 카메라 모듈(910)을 정립시킬 수 있다.Hereinafter, with reference to drawings, the drive (drive principle of a camera drive device) of the imaging device 1000 of this embodiment is demonstrated. First, referring to FIG. 4, the camera module 910 rotates about the second axis (the up and down axis) (yaw control) will be described. 4 is a conceptual view from above of the camera module 910 rotating about a second axis (up-down direction axis). In the photographing apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment, when the photographing apparatus 1000 is to be rotated about the second axis to change the photographing range, or when the oscillation occurs to be offset by the second axis, the photographing apparatus 1000 refers to the movable part 200 based on the second axis. Rotate to change the shooting range, or to establish the camera module 910.
제1구동부재(300)와 제2구동부재(400) 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해, 가동부(200)는 제2축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다. 일 예로, 도 4의 왼쪽에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 제1구동부재(300)와 제2구동부재(400)에 전류의 방향이나 전압이 반대인 전원을 각각 인가하여, 제1구동부재(300)를 줄이고 제2구동부재(400)를 늘려 가동부(200)를 제2축을 회전축으로 정회전시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400) 중 어느 하나에만 전원을 인가하여, 제1구동부재(300)를 줄이거나, 제2구동부재(400)를 늘릴 수 있다. 전원이 인가되지 않은 구동부재는 장력에 의한 탄성 변형에 의해 줄어들거나 늘어날 수 있다.By controlling the shape of at least one of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400, the movable part 200 may rotate the second axis to the rotation axis. For example, as shown in the left side of FIG. 4, the first driving member 300 is applied to the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 by applying a power source having a reverse direction or voltage to each other. By reducing and increasing the second driving member 400, the movable part 200 can be rotated forward with the second axis. In this case, power may be applied to only one of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 to reduce the first driving member 300 or to increase the second driving member 400. The driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
또, 도 4의 오른쪽에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 제1구동부재(300)와 제2구동부재(400)에 전류의 방향이나 전압이 반대인 전원을 인가하여, 제1구동부재(300)를 늘리고 제2구동부재(400)를 늘려 가동부(200)를 제2축을 회전축으로 역회전시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1구동부재(300) 및 제2구동부재(400) 중 어느 하나에만 전원을 인가하여, 제1구동부재(300)를 늘리거나, 제2구동부재(400)를 줄일 수 있다. 전원이 인가되지 않은 구동부재는 장력에 의한 탄성 변형에 의해 줄어들거나 늘어날 수 있다.In addition, as shown in the right side of FIG. 4, the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 are supplied with a power source having an opposite direction or voltage to the current to increase the first driving member 300. The second driving member 400 may be extended to rotate the movable part 200 in the second axis to the rotating shaft. In this case, power may be applied to only one of the first driving member 300 and the second driving member 400 to increase the first driving member 300 or reduce the second driving member 400. The driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
이하, 도 5를 참조하여 카메라 모듈(910)이 제3축(좌우 방향 축)을 기준으로 회전(roll 제어)시키는 것에 대해서 설명한다. 도 5는 카메라 모듈(910)이 제3축(좌우 방향 축)을 기준으로 회전하는 것을 오른쪽에서 바라본 개념도이다. 본 실시예의 촬영 장치(1000)는 제3축을 기준으로 회전하여 촬영 범위를 변경하고자 하는 경우나, 제3축을 기준으로 요동이 발생하여 이를 상쇄하고자 하는 경우에, 가동부(200)를 제3축을 기준으로 회전시켜 촬영 범위를 변경하거나, 카메라 모듈(910)을 정립시킬 수 있다.Hereinafter, referring to FIG. 5, the camera module 910 rotates about the third axis (the left-right direction axis) will be described. FIG. 5 is a conceptual view when the camera module 910 rotates about a third axis (left and right directions) from the right side. In the photographing apparatus 1000 of the present embodiment, when the rotation range is changed based on the third axis, or when the oscillation occurs to offset the third axis, the photographing apparatus 1000 sets the movable part 200 based on the third axis. Rotate to change the shooting range, or to establish the camera module 910.
제3구동부재(500)와 제4구동부재(600) 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해, 가동부(200)는 제3축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다. 일 예로, 도 5의 왼쪽에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 제3구동부재(500)와 제4구동부재(600)에 전류의 방향이나 전압이 반대인 전원을 각각 인가하여, 제3구동부재(500)를 줄이고 제4구동부재(600)를 늘려 가동부(200)를 제3축을 회전축으로 정회전시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600) 중 어느 하나에만 전원을 인가하여, 제3구동부재(500)를 줄이거나, 제4구동부재(600)를 늘릴 수 있다. 전원이 인가되지 않은 구동부재는 장력에 의한 탄성 변형에 의해 줄어들거나 늘어날 수 있다.By controlling the shape of at least one of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600, the movable part 200 may rotate the third axis to the rotation axis. For example, as shown in the left side of FIG. 5, the third driving member 500 may be applied to the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 by applying a power source having a reverse direction or voltage to each other. By reducing and increasing the fourth driving member 600, the movable part 200 can be rotated forward to the third axis. In this case, power may be applied to only one of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 to reduce the third driving member 500 or to increase the fourth driving member 600. The driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
또, 도 5의 오른쪽에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 제3구동부재(500)와 제4구동부재(600)에 전류의 방향이나 전압이 반대인 전원을 인가하여, 제3구동부재(500)를 늘리고 제4구동부재(600)를 늘려 가동부(200)를 제3축을 회전축으로 역회전시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3구동부재(500) 및 제4구동부재(600) 중 어느 하나에만 전원을 인가하여, 제3구동부재(500)를 늘리거나, 제4구동부재(600)를 줄일 수 있다. 전원이 인가되지 않은 구동부재는 장력에 의한 탄성 변형에 의해 줄어들거나 늘어날 수 있다.In addition, as shown in the right side of Fig. 5, the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 are applied with a power source having opposite directions or voltages to the third driving member 500 to increase the third driving member 500, and The fourth driving member 600 may be extended to rotate the movable part 200 in the third axis to the rotation axis. In this case, power may be applied to only one of the third driving member 500 and the fourth driving member 600 to increase the third driving member 500 or to reduce the fourth driving member 600. The driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
이하, 도 6을 참조하여 카메라 모듈(910)이 제1축(전후 방향 축)을 기준으로 회전(pitch 제어)시키는 것에 대해서 설명한다. 도 6은 카메라 모듈(910)이 제1축(전후 방향 축)을 기준으로 회전하는 것을 후방에서 바라본 개념도이다. 본 실시예의 촬영 장치(1000)는 제1축을 기준으로 회전하여 촬영 범위를 변경하고자 하는 경우나, 제1축을 기준으로 요동이 발생하여 이를 상쇄하고자 하는 경우에, 가동부(200)를 제1축을 기준으로 회전시켜 촬영 범위를 변경하거나, 카메라 모듈(910)을 정립시킬 수 있다.Hereinafter, referring to FIG. 6, the camera module 910 rotates (pitch control) about the first axis (front and rear direction axis). 6 is a conceptual view of a rear view of the camera module 910 rotating about a first axis (front and rear direction axis). The photographing apparatus 1000 according to the present embodiment rotates the first axis based on the first axis, or the oscillation occurs to offset the first axis to offset the moving part 200 based on the first axis. Rotate to change the shooting range, or to establish the camera module 910.
제5구동부재(700)와 제6구동부재(800) 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해, 가동부(200)는 제1축을 회전축으로 회전할 수 있다. 일 예로, 도 6의 왼쪽에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 제5구동부재(700)와 제6구동부재(800)에 전류의 방향이나 전압이 반대인 전원을 각각 인가하여, 제5구동부재(700)를 줄이고 제6구동부재(800)를 늘려 가동부(200)를 제1축을 회전축으로 정회전시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800) 중 어느 하나에만 전원을 인가하여, 제5구동부재(700)를 줄이거나, 제6구동부재(800)를 늘릴 수 있다. 전원이 인가되지 않은 구동부재는 장력에 의한 탄성 변형에 의해 줄어들거나 늘어날 수 있다.By controlling the shape of at least one of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800, the movable part 200 may rotate the first axis to the rotation axis. For example, as shown in the left side of FIG. 6, the fifth driving member 700 is applied by applying a power source having opposite directions or voltages to the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800, respectively. By reducing and increasing the sixth driving member 800, the movable part 200 can be rotated forward with the first axis. In this case, power may be applied to only one of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 to reduce the fifth driving member 700 or to increase the sixth driving member 800. The driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
또, 도 6의 오른쪽에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 제5구동부재(700)와 제6구동부재(800)에 전류의 방향이나 전압이 반대인 전원을 인가하여, 제5구동부재(700)를 늘리고 제6구동부재(800)를 늘려 가동부(200)를 제1축을 회전축으로 역회전시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 제5구동부재(700) 및 제6구동부재(800) 중 어느 하나에만 전원을 인가하여, 제5구동부재(700)를 늘리거나, 제6구동부재(800)를 줄일 수 있다. 전원이 인가되지 않은 구동부재는 장력에 의한 탄성 변형에 의해 줄어들거나 늘어날 수 있다.In addition, as shown in the right side of Fig. 6, the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 are supplied with a power source having a reverse direction or voltage of current, so that the fifth driving member 700 is extended and By increasing the six driving member 800, the movable portion 200 can be rotated back to the first axis. In this case, power may be applied to only one of the fifth driving member 700 and the sixth driving member 800 to increase the fifth driving member 700 or reduce the sixth driving member 800. The driving member to which power is not applied may be reduced or increased by elastic deformation caused by tension.
본 실시예의 제1와이어(320), 제2와이어(330), 제3와이어(420), 제4와이어(430), 제5와이어(520), 제6와이어(530), 제7와이어(620), 제8와이어(630), 제9와이어(720), 제10와이어(730), 제11와이어(820) 및 제12와이어(830)는 형상 기억 합금이로, 온도에 따라 형상(길이)가 제어될 수 있다. 도 7은 본 실시예에 사용되는 형상 기억 합금의 온도에 따른 길이 변화를 나타낸 그래프이다. 도 7의 그래프를 참고하면, 본 실시예의 형상 기억 합금은 33.2℃ 이상 34.8℃ 이하의 온도 범위에서 제어되는 것이 바람직하다. 33.2℃ 이상 34.8℃ 이하의 온도 범위에서 길이 변화량이 선형을 나타내어, 정교한 구동을 달성할 수 있기 때문이다.The first wire 320, the second wire 330, the third wire 420, the fourth wire 430, the fifth wire 520, the sixth wire 530, and the seventh wire 620 according to the present embodiment. ), The eighth wire 630, the ninth wire 720, the tenth wire 730, the eleventh wire 820, and the twelfth wire 830 are shape memory alloys, which are shaped according to temperature (length). Can be controlled. Fig. 7 is a graph showing the change in length depending on the temperature of the shape memory alloy used in this embodiment. Referring to the graph of FIG. 7, it is preferable that the shape memory alloy of this embodiment is controlled at a temperature range of 33.2 ° C or more and 34.8 ° C or less. This is because the amount of change in length is linear in the temperature range of 33.2 ° C. or higher and 34.8 ° C. or lower, thereby enabling precise driving.
<제2실시예>Second Embodiment
이하, "제1축"을 도면에 표시된 "x축"으로 정의할 수 있으며, "제2축"을 도면에 표시된 "z축"으로 정의할 수 있으며, "제3축"을 도면에 표시된 "y축"으로 정의할 수 있다.Hereinafter, "first axis" may be defined as "x-axis" shown in the drawings, "second axis" may be defined as "z-axis" shown in the drawings, and "third axis" may be defined as " y-axis ".
"제1축"은 전방에서 후방으로 연장될 수 있으며, "제2축"은 상측에서 하측으로 연장될 수 있으며, "제3축"은 우측에서 좌측으로 연장될 수 있다. 이 경우, 카메라 모듈(900)의 촬영 방향은 전방일 수 있다.The "first axis" may extend from front to back, the "second axis" may extend from top to bottom, and the "third axis" may extend from right to left. In this case, the photographing direction of the camera module 900 may be forward.
"제1축", "제2축", "제3축"은 서로 수직으로 배치되어 직교 좌표계를 형성할 수 있다. 즉, "제1축"과 "제2축"은 서로 수직하고, "제3축"은 "제1축" 및 "제2축"과 모두 수직하게 배치될 수 있다.The "first axis", "second axis", and "third axis" may be disposed perpendicular to each other to form a rectangular coordinate system. That is, the “first axis” and the “second axis” may be perpendicular to each other, and the “third axis” may be disposed perpendicularly to both the “first axis” and the “second axis”.
다만, 이러한 배치는 설명의 편의를 위한 일 예일 뿐, "제1축", "제2축", "제3축"이 반드시 수직으로 배치되어야 하는 것을 의미하는 것이 아니다. 일 예로, "제1축"과 "제2축"은 90°가 아닌 각도로 서로 경사지게 배치되고, "제3축"은 "제1축" 및 제2축" 모두와 90°가 아닌 각도로 경사지게 배치될 수도 있다.However, this arrangement is only an example for convenience of description, and does not mean that the “first axis”, “second axis”, and “third axis” must be vertically disposed. For example, the "first axis" and "second axis" are inclined to each other at an angle other than 90 °, and the "third axis" is at an angle other than 90 ° with both the "first axis" and the second axis. It may be arranged to be inclined.
이하, 도면을 참조하여 본 제2실시예의 비행 장치(2001)에 대해 설명한다. 도 8은 본 제2실시예의 비행 장치를 나타낸 사시도이다. 비행 장치(2001)는 무인 드론(drone)일 수 있다. 사용자는 비행 장치(2001)를 무선 단말기(미도시)에 의해 제어할 수 있다. 비행 장치(2001)는 본체(2010), 원동부(2020) 및 촬영 장치(2000)를 포함할 수 있다.Hereinafter, the flight device 2001 of the second embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. 8 is a perspective view showing the flight device of the second embodiment. The flight device 2001 may be an unmanned drone. The user may control the flight device 2001 by a wireless terminal (not shown). The flight device 2001 may include a main body 2010, a driving unit 2020, and a photographing device 2000.
본체(2010)는 외관 부재로, 본체(2010)의 일측에는 원동부(2020)가 배치될 수 있고, 본체(2010)의 타측(아래)에는 구동 장치(2000)가 배치될 수 있다. 또, 본체(2010)의 내부에는 전자 제어 유닛(ECU, Electric Control Unit, 미도시)이 내장될 수 있다.The main body 2010 is an exterior member, and a driving unit 2020 may be disposed on one side of the main body 2010, and the driving device 2000 may be disposed on the other side (below) of the main body 2010. In addition, an electronic control unit (ECU, Electric Control Unit, not shown) may be built in the main body 2010.
원동부(2020)는 본체(2010)의 수직 방향 중심축을 기준으로 서로 대칭으로 배치된 복수 개의 프로펠러 유닛일 수 있다. 프로펠러의 회전에 의해 본체(2010)는 비행할 수 있다.The driving unit 2020 may be a plurality of propeller units disposed symmetrically with respect to the vertical center axis of the main body 2010. The main body 2010 can fly by the rotation of the propeller.
촬영 장치(2000)는 본체(2010)의 아래에 배치될 수 있다. 촬영 장치(2000)는 카메라 모듈(2900)을 "제1축", "제2축", "제3축"을 기준으로 회전시킬 수 있다. 그 결과, 카메라 모듈(2900)의 촬영 범위를 변경할 수 있으며, 카메라 모듈(2900)의 자세를 제어할 수 있다(비행 진동에 의한 흔들림 상쇄 효과).The photographing apparatus 2000 may be disposed below the main body 2010. The photographing apparatus 2000 may rotate the camera module 2900 based on the “first axis”, “second axis”, and “third axis”. As a result, the photographing range of the camera module 2900 can be changed, and the posture of the camera module 2900 can be controlled (shaking offset effect due to flight vibration).
전자 제어 유닛은 사용자가 제어하는 무선 단말기와 무선 통신할 수 있다. 전자 제어 유닛은 비행 장치(2001)의 각종 전자 부품 및 촬영 장치(2000)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The electronic control unit can communicate wirelessly with a wireless terminal controlled by the user. The electronic control unit may be electrically connected to various electronic components and the photographing apparatus 2000 of the flying device 2001.
전자 제어 유닛은 사용자가 제어하는 무선 단말기와 무선 통신하여, 각종 제어 신호를 수신하고, 이를 전자 부품 및 촬영 장치(2000)로 송신하여, 전자 부품 및 촬영 장치(2000)를 제어할 수 있다. 일 예로, 전자 제어 유닛은 무선 단말기로부터 카메라 모듈(2900)의 촬영 범위를 변경하는 신호를 수신하면, 촬영 장치(2000)를 제어하여 카메라 모듈(2900)을 회전시킬 수 있다.The electronic control unit may wirelessly communicate with a wireless terminal controlled by a user, receive various control signals, transmit the same to the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 2000, and control the electronic component and the photographing apparatus 2000. For example, when the electronic control unit receives a signal for changing the photographing range of the camera module 2900 from the wireless terminal, the electronic control unit may control the photographing apparatus 2000 to rotate the camera module 2900.
전자 제어 유닛은 비행 장치(2001)의 비행에 의해 발생하는 카메라 모듈(2900)의 흔들림을 판단하고, 이에 따라, 촬영 장치(2000)를 제어하여 카메라 모듈(2900)을 회전시킴으로써, 흔들림을 상쇄시킬 수 있다. 그 결과, 카메라 모듈(2900)은 정립된 상태로 촬영을 수행할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 자이로 센서(미도시) 또는 가속도 센서(미도시) 등이 카메라 모듈(2900)에 내장되거나, 촬영 장치(2000)의 기판(2400)에 실장될 수 있다. 전자 제어 유닛은 자이로 센서 또는 가속도 센서와 전기적으로 연결되어 카메라 모듈(2900)의 흔들림을 판단할 수 있다.The electronic control unit determines the shaking of the camera module 2900 caused by the flight of the flying device 2001 and, accordingly, controls the photographing apparatus 2000 to rotate the camera module 2900 to cancel the shaking. Can be. As a result, the camera module 2900 may perform imaging in an established state. To this end, a gyro sensor (not shown) or an acceleration sensor (not shown) may be embedded in the camera module 2900 or mounted on the substrate 2400 of the photographing apparatus 2000. The electronic control unit may be electrically connected to the gyro sensor or the acceleration sensor to determine the shaking of the camera module 2900.
이하, 도면을 참조하여 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치(2000)를 설명한다. 도 9는 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 사시도이고, 도 10은 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 분해 사시도이고, 도 11은 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 단면도이고, 도 12는 본 제2실시예의 지지 부재와 도전 부재와 고정 부재를 나타낸 분해 사시도이고, 도 13은 커버와 기판이 제외된 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치를 나타낸 사시도이고, 도 14는 본 제2실시예의 구동 부재가 경사지게 배치된 것을 나타낸 개념도이고, 도15는 본 제2실시예의 구동 부재의 경사 배치에 따른 효과를 나타낸 개념도이다.Hereinafter, the imaging apparatus 2000 of the second embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment, FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment, FIG. 11 is a sectional view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment, and FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view showing a supporting member, a conductive member and a fixing member of the second embodiment, FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing the photographing apparatus of the second embodiment without a cover and a substrate, and FIG. 14 shows a driving member of the second embodiment. Fig. 15 is a conceptual diagram showing an oblique arrangement, and Fig. 15 is a conceptual diagram showing the effect of the inclined arrangement of the drive member of the second embodiment.
본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치(2000)는 커버 부재(2100), 가동 부재(2200), 지지 부재(2300), 기판(2400), 구동 부재(2500), 제1도전 부재(2600), 제2도전 부재(미도시), 회전 조인트(2700), 고정 부재(2800) 및 카메라 모듈(2900)을 포함할 수 있다. 촬영 장치(2000)는 카메라 모듈(2900)을 구동시킬 수 있다. 촬영 장치(2000)는 카메라 모듈(2900)이 장착된 "카메라 구동 장치"일 수 있다. 즉, 카메라 모듈(2900)이 해제된 촬영 장치(2000)는 "카메라 구동 장치"로 호칭될 수 있다.In the photographing apparatus 2000 of the second embodiment, the cover member 2100, the movable member 2200, the support member 2300, the substrate 2400, the driving member 2500, the first conductive member 2600, and the second It may include a conductive member (not shown), a rotary joint 2700, a fixing member 2800, and a camera module 2900. The photographing apparatus 2000 may drive the camera module 2900. The photographing apparatus 2000 may be a “camera driving apparatus” on which the camera module 2900 is mounted. That is, the photographing apparatus 2000 in which the camera module 2900 is released may be referred to as a "camera driving apparatus."
커버 부재(2100)는 촬영 장치(2000)의 외장 부재일 수 있다. 커버 부재(2100)의 재질은 비전도성 재질을 포함할 수 있다. 커버 부재(2100)의 재질은 플라스틱을 포함할 수 있다. 커버 부재(2100)는 플라스틱 사출에 의해 제작될 수 있다.The cover member 2100 may be an exterior member of the photographing apparatus 2000. The material of the cover member 2100 may include a non-conductive material. The material of the cover member 2100 may include plastic. The cover member 2100 may be manufactured by plastic injection.
커버 부재(2100)는 후면과 후면의 가장자리에서 전방으로 연장되는 측면을 포함할 수 있다. 따라서 커버 부재(2100)는 대략적으로(실질적으로) 전면이 개방된 중공의 육면체 형태일 수 있다.The cover member 2100 may include a rear surface and a side surface extending forward from the edge of the rear surface. Accordingly, the cover member 2100 may be in the form of a hollow hexahedron having an approximately (substantially) open front surface.
커버 부재(2100)의 내측에는 가동 부재(2200), 지지 부재(2300), 구동 부재(2500), 제1도전 부재(2600), 제2도전 부재(미도시), 회전 조인트(2700), 고정 부재(2800) 및 카메라 모듈(2900)이 배치될 수 있다.Inside the cover member 2100, the movable member 2200, the supporting member 2300, the driving member 2500, the first conductive member 2600, the second conductive member (not shown), the rotary joint 2700, and the fixing member 2200 are fixed. The member 2800 and the camera module 2900 may be disposed.
커버 부재(2100)의 외측에는 기판(2400)이 배치될 수 있다. 커버 부재(2100)의 후면에는 제1기판부(2410)가 배치될 수 있다. 커버 부재(2100)의 하측에 위치한 측면에는 제2기판부(2420)가 배치될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)는 일측면이 커버 부재(2100)의 후면과 접촉하도록 배치될 수 있다. 또, 제2기판부(2410)는 제1기판부(2410)에서 전방으로 만곡되거나 절곡되어, 일측면이 커버 부재(2100)의 하측에 위치한 측면과 접촉하도록 배치될 수 있다.The substrate 2400 may be disposed outside the cover member 2100. The first substrate part 2410 may be disposed on the rear surface of the cover member 2100. The second substrate portion 2420 may be disposed on a side surface of the cover member 2100 that is disposed below the cover member 2100. The first substrate part 2410 may be disposed such that one side thereof contacts the rear surface of the cover member 2100. In addition, the second substrate part 2410 may be bent or bent forward from the first substrate part 2410 so that one side thereof may be in contact with a side surface of the cover member 2100.
커버 부재(2100)의 외측에는 기판(2400)의 적어도 일부가 외부로 노출되는 막기 위한 별도의 케이스가 마련될 수 있다. 이 경우, 기판(2400)은 커버 부재(2100)와 케이스 사이에 배치될 수 있다.An outer side of the cover member 2100 may be provided with a separate case for preventing at least a portion of the substrate 2400 is exposed to the outside. In this case, the substrate 2400 may be disposed between the cover member 2100 and the case.
커버 부재(2100)는 복수 개의 제1커버홀(2110)과 1개의 제2커버홀(2120)을 포함할 수 있다(도 10 참조). 복수 개의 제1커버홀(2110)은 6개의 제1커버홀(2110)을 포함할 수 있다.The cover member 2100 may include a plurality of first cover holes 2110 and one second cover hole 2120 (see FIG. 10). The plurality of first cover holes 2110 may include six first cover holes 2110.
6개의 제1커버홀(2110) 중 4개는 커버 부재(2100)의 후면에 형성될 수 있다(도 3에서는 2개만 도시). 6개의 제1커버홀(2110) 중 나머지 2개는 커버 부재(100)의 하측에 위치한 측면에 형성될 수 있다.Four of the six first cover holes 2110 may be formed on the rear surface of the cover member 2100 (only two are shown in FIG. 3). The other two of the six first cover holes 2110 may be formed on the side surface of the cover member 100.
커버 부재(2100)의 후면에 위치한 4개의 제1커버홀(2110) 각각은 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)와 "제1축 방향"으로 오버랩되도록 배치될 수 있다.Each of the four first cover holes 2110 positioned at the rear of the cover member 2100 may include a first driving member 2510, a second driving member 2520, a third driving member 2530, and a fourth driving member 2540. ) May be overlapped in the "first axis direction".
커버 부재(2100)의 후면에 위치한 4개의 제1커버홀(2110)에는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)가 각각 삽입(배치)될 수 있다.Four first cover holes 2110 disposed on the rear surface of the cover member 2100 include a first driving member 2510, a second driving member 2520, a third driving member 2530, and a fourth driving member 2540. Can be inserted (arranged) respectively.
제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 각각 커버 부재(100)의 후면에 위치한 4개의 제1커버홀(2110)을 관통하여 제1기판부(2410)로 연장될 수 있다.The first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 are respectively provided with four first cover holes 2110 disposed on the rear surface of the cover member 100. ) May extend through the first substrate portion 2410.
커버 부재(2100)의 하측 측면에 위치한 2개의 제1커버홀(2110) 각각은 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)와 "제1축 방향"으로 오버랩되도록 배치될 수 있다.Each of the two first cover holes 2110 disposed on the lower side of the cover member 2100 may be disposed to overlap the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 in the “first axial direction”. .
커버 부재(2100)의 하측 측면에 위치한 2개의 제1커버홀(2110)에는 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)가 각각 삽입(배치)될 수 있다.The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be inserted (arranged) into the two first cover holes 2110 disposed on the lower side of the cover member 2100, respectively.
제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 각각 커버 부재(2100)의 하측 측면에 위치한 2개의 제1커버홀(2110)을 관통하여 제2기판부(2420)로 연장될 수 있다.The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may extend to the second substrate part 2420 through two first cover holes 2110 positioned on the lower side of the cover member 2100, respectively. have.
제2커버홀(2120)은 커버 부재(2100)의 후면의 중앙에 형성될 수 있다. 제2커버홀(2120)은 회전 조인트(2700)의 지지 기둥(2720)과 "제1축 방향"으로 오버랩되도록 배치될 수 있다. 제2커버홀(2120)에는 회전 조인트(2700)의 지지 기둥(2720)이 삽입(배치)될 수 있다.The second cover hole 2120 may be formed at the center of the rear surface of the cover member 2100. The second cover hole 2120 may be disposed to overlap the support pillar 2720 of the rotary joint 2700 in the “first axial direction”. The support pillar 2720 of the rotary joint 2700 may be inserted into the second cover hole 2120.
가동 부재(2200)는 커버 부재(2100)의 내측에 배치될 수 있다. 가동 부재(2200)의 내측에는 회전 조인트(2700)의 볼(2710)과 카메라 모듈(2900)이 배치될 수 있다. 이 경우, 가동 부재(2200)에 카메라 모듈(2900)이 장착될 수 있다. 또, 가동 부재(2200)는 볼(2710)과 회전 가능하게 결합할 수 있다.The movable member 2200 may be disposed inside the cover member 2100. The ball 2710 of the rotary joint 2700 and the camera module 2900 may be disposed inside the movable member 2200. In this case, the camera module 2900 may be mounted on the movable member 2200. In addition, the movable member 2200 may be rotatably coupled to the ball 2710.
가동 부재(2200)는 회전 조인트(2700)에 의해 "제1축", "제2축", 제3축"을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다. 이 경우, 카메라 모듈(2900)은 가동 부재(2200)와 일체로 회전하며, 가동 부재(2200)와 카메라 모듈(2900)의 회전 중심은 볼(2710)의 구심(구의 중심)일 수 있다.The movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “first axis”, “second axis”, and third axis ”by the rotary joint 2700. In this case, the camera module 2900 may move the movable member 2200. Rotate integrally with, and the center of rotation of the movable member 2200 and the camera module 2900 may be a centripet (center of the sphere) of the ball 2710.
가동 부재(2200)의 전방 부분에는 카메라 모듈(2900)을 수용하기 위한 공간이 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 카메라 모듈(2900)은 가동 부재(200)의 전방 부분에 배치될 수 있다.The front part of the movable member 2200 may be provided with a space for accommodating the camera module 2900. That is, the camera module 2900 may be disposed at the front portion of the movable member 200.
가동 부재(2200)의 후방 부분에는 회전 조인트(2700)의 볼(2710)을 수용하기 위한 공간이 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 볼(2710)은 가동 부재(2200)의 후방 부분에 배치될 수 있다.The rear portion of the movable member 2200 may be provided with a space for accommodating the ball 2710 of the rotary joint 2700. That is, the ball 2710 may be disposed at the rear portion of the movable member 2200.
지지 부재(2300)는 구동 부재(2500)를 지지하는 부재일 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)의 재질은 비전도성 재질을 포함할 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)의 재질은 플라스틱을 포함할 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)는 플라스틱 사출물일 수 있다.The support member 2300 may be a member that supports the driving member 2500. The material of the support member 2300 may include a non-conductive material. The material of the support member 2300 may include plastic. The support member 2300 may be a plastic injection molding.
지지 부재(2300)는 가동 부재(2200)에 배치될 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)는 가동 부재(2200)와 일체로 형성될 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)는 기판(2400)과 이격될 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)에는 제1전도 부재(2600)가 배치될 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)에는 구동 부재(2500)의 일측 단부가 배치될 수 있다. 지지 부재(2300)는 제1도전 부재(2600)와 가동 부재(2200) 사이에 배치될 수 있다.The support member 2300 may be disposed on the movable member 2200. The support member 2300 may be integrally formed with the movable member 2200. The support member 2300 may be spaced apart from the substrate 2400. The first conductive member 2600 may be disposed on the support member 2300. One end of the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the support member 2300. The support member 2300 may be disposed between the first conductive member 2600 and the movable member 2200.
지지 부재(2300)는 제1지지부(2310)와 제2지지부(2320)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)와 제2지지부(2320)는 서로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)에는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)가 배치될 수 있다. 제2지지부(2320)에는 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)가 배치될 수 있다.The support member 2300 may include a first support part 2310 and a second support part 2320. The first support part 2310 and the second support part 2320 may be spaced apart from each other. The first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed on the first support part 2310. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed on the second support part 2320.
제1지지부(2310)는 제1전도 부재(2600)의 후방에 배치될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)는 가동 부재(2200)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)는 제1전도 부재(2600)와 가동 부재(2200)의 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)는 가동 부재(2200)와 카메라 모듈(2900)의 회전 중심과 "제1축 방향"으로 이격되어 배치될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)는 중앙에 개구부가 형성된 사각 링 형태일 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)의 개구부를 통해, 카메라 모듈(2900)의 렌즈가 외부로 노출될 수 있다.The first support part 2310 may be disposed behind the first conductive member 2600. The first support part 2310 may be disposed in front of the movable member 2200. The first support part 2310 may be disposed between the first conductive member 2600 and the movable member 2200. The first support part 2310 may be spaced apart from the rotation center of the movable member 2200 and the camera module 2900 in the "first axial direction". The first support part 2310 may have a rectangular ring shape having an opening formed at a center thereof. The first support 2310 may have a plate shape. The first support part 2310 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis”. Through the opening of the first support 2310, the lens of the camera module 2900 may be exposed to the outside.
제1지지부(2310)는 제1돌출부(2311), 제2돌출부(2312), 제3돌출부(2313) 및 제4돌출부(2314)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1돌출부(2311)는 제1지지부(2310)의 상측에 위치한 변의 중앙에서 상측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제2돌출부(2312)는 제1지지부(2310)의 하측에 위치한 변의 중앙에서 하측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제3돌출부(2313)는 제1지지부(2310)의 우측에 위치한 변의 중앙에서 우측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제4돌출부(2314)는 제1지지부(2310)의 좌측에 위치한 변의 중앙에서 좌측으로 돌출될 수 있다.The first supporter 2310 may include a first protrusion 2311, a second protrusion 2312, a third protrusion 2313, and a fourth protrusion 2314. The first protrusion 2311 may protrude upward from the center of the side positioned above the first support part 2310. The second protrusion 2312 may protrude downward from the center of the side positioned below the first support 2310. The third protrusion 2313 may protrude from the center of the side positioned at the right side of the first support 2310 to the right. The fourth protrusion 2314 may protrude from the center of the left side of the first support portion 2310 to the left side.
제1돌출부(2311), 제2돌출부(2312), 제3돌출부(2313) 및 제4돌출부(2314)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제1돌출부(2311), 제2돌출부(2312), 제3돌출부(2313) 및 제4돌출부(2314)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다.The first protrusion 2311, the second protrusion 2312, the third protrusion 2313, and the fourth protrusion 2314 may have a plate shape. The first protrusion 2311, the second protrusion 2312, the third protrusion 2313, and the fourth protrusion 2314 may be disposed perpendicularly to the “first axis”.
제1돌출부(2311)는 제1지지부(2310)의 상측에 위치한 변에서 상측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제1돌출부(2311)에는 제1구동 부재(2510)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제2돌출부(2312)에는 제2구동 부재(2520)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제3돌출부(2313)에는 제3구동 부재(2530)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제4돌출부(2314)에는 제4구동 부재(2540)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다.The first protrusion 2311 may protrude upward from a side positioned above the first support part 2310. The first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the first protrusion 2311. The second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the second protrusion 2312. The third driving member 2530 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the third protrusion 2313. The fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the fourth protrusion 2314.
제1돌출부(2311)와 제2돌출부(2312)는 "제2축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다. 제3돌출부(2313)와 제4돌출부(2314)는 "제3축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다.The first protrusion 2311 and the second protrusion 2312 may be spaced apart in the “second axis direction”. The third protrusion 2313 and the fourth protrusion 2314 may be spaced apart in the “third axis direction”.
제1돌출부(2311)의 상측 단부에는 좌측과 우측으로 돌출된 제1블레이드와 제2블레이드가 형성될 수 있다. 제1돌출부(2311)에는 제1홀(2311-1)과 2개의 제2홀(2311-2)이 형성될 수 있다. 제1홀(2311-1)은 제1돌출부(2311)의 상측 단부의 중앙에 위치할 수 있다. 2개의 제2홀(2311-2) 중 어느 하나는 제1블레이드에 위치할 수 있고, 나머지 하나는 제2블레이드에 위치할 수 있다. 제1홀(2311-1)에는 제1구동 부재(2510)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제2홀(2311-2)은 제1고정 부재(2810)와 리벳 결합하기 위해 마련된 홀이다.First and second blades protruding to the left and the right may be formed at the upper end of the first protrusion 2311. The first protrusion 2311 may have a first hole 2311-1 and two second holes 2311-2. The first hole 2311-1 may be positioned at the center of the upper end of the first protrusion 2311. One of the two second holes 2311-2 may be located in the first blade, and the other may be located in the second blade. The first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the first hole 2311-1. The second hole 2311-2 is a hole provided to rivet the first fixing member 2810.
제2돌출부(2312)의 하측 단부에는 좌측과 우측으로 돌출된 제3블레이드와 제4블레이드가 형성될 수 있다. 제2돌출부(2312)에는 제3홀(2312-1)과 2개의 제4홀(2312-2)이 형성될 수 있다. 제3홀(2312-1)은 제2돌출부(2312)의 하측 단부의 중앙에 위치할 수 있다. 2개의 제4홀(2312-2) 중 어느 하나는 제3블레이드에 위치할 수 있고, 나머지 하나는 제4블레이드에 위치할 수 있다. 제3홀(2312-1)에는 제2구동 부재(2520)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제4홀(2312-2)은 제2고정 부재(2820)와 리벳 결합하기 위해 마련된 홀이다.A third blade and a fourth blade protruding to the left and the right may be formed at the lower end of the second protrusion 2312. A third hole 2312-1 and two fourth holes 2312-2 may be formed in the second protrusion 2312. The third hole 2312-1 may be located at the center of the lower end of the second protrusion 2312. One of the two fourth holes 2312-2 may be located in the third blade, and the other one may be located in the fourth blade. The second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the third hole 2312-1. The fourth hole 2312-2 is a hole provided to rivet the second fixing member 2820.
제3돌출부(2313)의 우측 단부에는 상측과 하측으로 돌출된 제5블레이드와 제6블레이드가 형성될 수 있다. 제3돌출부(2313)에는 제5홀(2313-1)과 2개의 제6홀(2313-2)이 형성될 수 있다. 제5홀(2313-1)은 제3돌출부(2313)의 우측 단부의 중앙에 위치할 수 있다. 2개의 제6홀(2313-2) 중 어느 하나는 제5블레이드에 위치할 수 있고, 나머지 하나는 제6블레이드에 위치할 수 있다. 제5홀(2313-1)에는 제3구동 부재(2530)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제6홀(2313-2)은 제3고정 부재(2830)와 리벳 결합하기 위해 마련된 홀이다.At the right end of the third protrusion 2313, fifth and sixth blades protruding upward and downward may be formed. A fifth hole 2313-1 and two sixth holes 2313-2 may be formed in the third protrusion 2313. The fifth hole 2313-1 may be located at the center of the right end of the third protrusion 2313. One of the two sixth holes 2313-2 may be located in the fifth blade, and the other one may be located in the sixth blade. The third driving member 2530 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the fifth hole 2313-1. The sixth hole 2313-2 is a hole provided to rivet the third fixing member 2830.
제4돌출부(2314)의 좌측 단부에는 상측과 하측으로 돌출된 제7블레이드와 제8블레이드가 형성될 수 있다. 제4돌출부(2314)에는 제7홀(2314-1)과 2개의 제8홀(2314-2)이 형성될 수 있다. 제7홀(2314-1)은 제4돌출부(2314)의 좌측 단부의 중앙에 위치할 수 있다. 2개의 제8홀(2314-2) 중 어느 하나는 제7블레이드에 위치할 수 있고, 나머지 하나는 제8블레이드에 위치할 수 있다. 제7홀(2314-1)에는 제4구동 부재(2540)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제8홀(2314-2)은 제4고정 부재(2840)와 리벳 결합하기 위해 마련된 홀이다.A seventh blade and an eighth blade protruding upward and downward may be formed at the left end of the fourth protrusion 2314. A seventh hole 2314-1 and two eighth holes 2314-2 may be formed in the fourth protrusion 2314. The seventh hole 2314-1 may be located at the center of the left end of the fourth protrusion 2314. One of the two eighth holes 2314-2 may be located in the seventh blade, and the other may be located in the eighth blade. The fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the seventh hole 2314-1. The eighth hole 2314-2 is a hole provided to rivet the fourth fixing member 2840.
제2지지부(2320)는 가동 부재(2200)에 배치될 수 있다. 제2지지부(2320)는 제1지지부(2310)의 후방에 배치될 수 있다. 제2지지부(2320)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제2지지부(2320)는 "제2축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 제2지지부(2320)에는 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)가 배치될 수 있다. 제2지지부(2320)는 가동 부재(2200)와 카메라 모듈(2900)의 회전 중심과 "제1축 방향"으로 동일한 위치에 배치될 수 있다.The second support part 2320 may be disposed on the movable member 2200. The second support part 2320 may be disposed behind the first support part 2310. The second support part 2320 may be in the form of a plate. The second support part 2320 may be disposed perpendicular to the “second axis”. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed on the second support part 2320. The second support part 2320 may be disposed at the same position in the “first axial direction” as the center of rotation of the movable member 2200 and the camera module 2900.
기판(2400)은 인쇄 회로 기판(PCB, Printed Circuit Board) 또는 연성 인쇄 회로 기판(FPCB, Flexible Printed Circuit Board)일 수 있다. 기판(2400)에는 구동 부재(2500)가 배치될 수 있다. 기판(2400)은 구동 부재(2500)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 기판(2400)은 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 기판(2400)은 전자 제어 유닛으로부터 전원을 공급받아 구동 부재(2500)에 전류를 인가할 수 있다. 이 경우, 구동 부재(2500)에 인가되는 전류의 세기, 방향, 파장 등은 제어될 수 있다.The substrate 2400 may be a printed circuit board (PCB) or a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB). The driving member 2500 may be disposed on the substrate 2400. The substrate 2400 may be electrically connected to the driving member 2500. The substrate 2400 may be electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001. The substrate 2400 may receive power from the electronic control unit to apply a current to the driving member 2500. In this case, the intensity, direction, wavelength, etc. of the current applied to the driving member 2500 may be controlled.
기판(2400)은 가동 부재(2200) 및 지지 부재(2300)와 이격되어 배치될 수 있다. 기판(2400)과 지지 부재(2300)는 구동 부재(2500)에 의해 연결될 수 있다.The substrate 2400 may be spaced apart from the movable member 2200 and the support member 2300. The substrate 2400 and the support member 2300 may be connected by the driving member 2500.
기판(2400)은 제1기판부(2410), 제2기판부(2420) 및 연결 기판부(2430)를 포함할 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1기판부(2410), 제2기판부(2420) 및 연결 기판부(2430)는 일체로 형성된 단일의 기판이거나, 각기 다른 3개의 기판이 전기적으로 연결되어 형성될 수 있다.The substrate 2400 may include a first substrate portion 2410, a second substrate portion 2420, and a connection substrate portion 2430. In this case, the first substrate portion 2410, the second substrate portion 2420, and the connection substrate portion 2430 may be a single substrate integrally formed, or three different substrates may be electrically connected to each other.
제1기판부(2410)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)에는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)가 배치될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)에 전류를 인가할 수 있다.The first substrate portion 2410 may have a plate shape. The first substrate part 2410 may be disposed perpendicularly to the “first axis”. The first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed on the first substrate 2410. The first substrate part 2410 may be electrically connected to the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540. The first substrate 2410 may apply current to the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540.
제1기판부(2410)는 제1지지부(2310)와 "제1축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)는 제1지지부(2310)와 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)와 제1지지부(2310)는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)에 의해 연결될 수 있다.The first substrate portion 2410 may be spaced apart from the first support portion 2310 in the “first axial direction”. The first substrate portion 2410 may be disposed in parallel with the first support portion 2310. The first substrate part 2410 and the first support part 2310 may be connected by the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540. have.
제2기판부(2420)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)는 "제2축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)에는 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제6구동 부재(2560)가 배치될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)는 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제6구동 부재(2560)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)는 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제6구동 부재(2560)에 전류를 인가할 수 있다.The second substrate portion 2420 may have a plate shape. The second substrate portion 2420 may be disposed perpendicular to the “second axis”. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed on the second substrate portion 2420. The second substrate portion 2420 may be electrically connected to the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560. The second substrate portion 2420 may apply current to the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560.
제2기판부(2420)는 제1기판부(2410)의 하측 단부에서 전방으로 만곡되거나 절곡되어 형성될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)는 제2지지부(2320)와 "제1축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)는 제2지지부(2320)와 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)와 제2지지부(2320)는 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제6구동 부재(2560)에 의해 연결될 수 있다.The second substrate portion 2420 may be formed to be curved forward or bent forward from the lower end of the first substrate portion 2410. The second substrate portion 2420 may be spaced apart from the second support portion 2320 in the “first axial direction”. The second substrate portion 2420 may be disposed in parallel with the second support portion 2320. The second substrate portion 2420 and the second support portion 2320 may be connected by the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560.
연결 기판부(2430)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 연결 기판부(2430)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 연결 기판부(2430)는 제1기판부(2410)의 상측 단부에서 상측으로 연장되어 형성될 수 있다. 연결 기판부(2430)는 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 따라서 전자 제어 유닛에서 발생한 전류 및 각종 제어 신호는 연결 기판부(2430)를 통해, 제1기판부(2410)와 제2기판부(2420)로 전달될 수 있다.The connection substrate portion 2430 may be in the form of a plate. The connection substrate portion 2430 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis”. The connection board unit 2430 may extend from an upper end of the first substrate unit 2410 to an upper side thereof. The connection board unit 2430 may be electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001. Therefore, the current generated from the electronic control unit and various control signals can be transmitted to the first substrate portion 2410 and the second substrate portion 2420 through the connection substrate portion 2430.
구동 부재(2500)는 지지 부재(2300)와 기판(2400) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 지지 부재(2300)와 기판(2400)을 연결할 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)의 일측 단부는 지지 부재(2300)에 배치될 수 있고, 구동 부재(2500)의 타측 단부는 기판(2400)에 배치될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 지지 부재(2300)에서 기판(2400)으로 연장될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 기판(2400)과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 제2도전 부재(미도시)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 기판(2400)을 통해 비행 장치(1)의 전자 제어 유닛으로부터 전류를 인가받을 수 있다.The driving member 2500 may be disposed between the supporting member 2300 and the substrate 2400. The driving member 2500 may connect the support member 2300 and the substrate 2400. One end of the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the support member 2300, and the other end of the driving member 2500 may be disposed on the substrate 2400. The driving member 2500 may extend from the supporting member 2300 to the substrate 2400. The driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to the substrate 2400. The driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600. The driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to a second conductive member (not shown). The driving member 2500 may receive a current from the electronic control unit of the flying device 1 through the substrate 2400.
구동 부재(2500)에 전류가 인가되면 전열 작용에 의해 구동 부재(2500)의 온도가 변화할 수 있다. 나아가 구동 부재(2500)는 온도에 따라 형상이 제어될 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 "형상 기억 합금(SMA, Shape Memory Alloy)"일 수 있다.When a current is applied to the driving member 2500, the temperature of the driving member 2500 may change due to the heat transfer action. Furthermore, the shape of the driving member 2500 may be controlled according to the temperature. The drive member 2500 may be a "Shape Memory Alloy".
구동 부재(2500)는 형상이 제어(형상의 변화)될 때, 연결 방향 또는 연장 방향으로의 길이가 늘어나거나 줄어들 수 있다(길이의 변화). 즉, 구동 부재(2500)는 온도에 따라 연결 방향 또는 연장 방향으로의 길이가 늘어나거나 줄어들 수 있다.When the shape of the drive member 2500 is controlled (change in shape), the length in the connecting direction or the extending direction may be increased or decreased (change in length). That is, the driving member 2500 may increase or decrease the length in the connection direction or the extension direction depending on the temperature.
구동 부재(2500)는 일측에서 타측으로 연장된 형태일 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 연결 방향 또는 연장 방향으로 나선 중심축을 가지는 나선 형태일 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 입체 아르키메데스(Archimedes) 나선 형태일 수 있다. 구동 부재(2500)는 용수철 또는 코일 형태일 수 있다.The driving member 2500 may extend from one side to the other side. The driving member 2500 may have a spiral shape having a spiral central axis in a connecting direction or an extending direction. The driving member 2500 may be in the form of a three-dimensional Archimedes spiral. The driving member 2500 may be in the form of a spring or a coil.
구동 부재(2500)가 나선 형태를 가지는 이유는, 나선 형태가 일반적인 선 형태(와이어)보다, "형상의 변화량"에 따른 "길이의 변화량"이 크기 때문이다. 이 경우, 전자 제어적인 측면과 구조적인 측면에서 이점을 가진다. 일 예로, 본 제2실시예의 촬영 장치(2000)에서와 같이, "형상의 변화량"에 따른 "길이의 변화량"이 큰 구동 부재(2500)를 사용하는 경우, 구동 부재(2500)의 본래의 길이를 짧게 가져갈 수 있어 컴팩트한 구조를 가질 수 있는 동시에 가동 부재(2200)를 안정적으로 지지할 수 있다.The reason why the drive member 2500 has a spiral shape is that the spiral shape has a larger "change in length" according to the "change in shape" than the general wire form (wire). In this case, there are advantages in terms of electronic control and structure. For example, as in the photographing apparatus 2000 of the second embodiment, in the case of using the drive member 2500 having a large "change in length" according to "change in shape", the original length of the drive member 2500 is used. It can take a short to have a compact structure and can stably support the movable member 2200.
구동 부재(2500)는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530), 제4구동 부재(2540), 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)를 포함할 수 있다.The driving member 2500 may include a first driving member 2510, a second driving member 2520, a third driving member 2530, a fourth driving member 2540, a fifth driving member 2550, and a sixth driving member. 2560.
제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530), 제4구동 부재(2540), 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 서로 이격될 수 있다.The first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, the fourth driving member 2540, the fifth driving member 2550, and the sixth driving member 2560 are spaced apart from each other. Can be.
제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제1지지부(2310)와 제1기판부(2410) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제1지지부(2310)와 제1기판부(2410)를 연결할 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제1지지부(2310)에서 제1기판부(2410)로 연장될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)는 "제1축" 방향으로 연장된 형태일 수 있다.The first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be disposed between the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410. The first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may connect the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410. The first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may extend from the first support part 2310 to the first substrate part 2410. The first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may extend in the "first axis" direction.
제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)의 후방 단부는 제1기판부(2410)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)의 전방 단부는 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)와 제1도전 부재(2600)는 각각 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결되므로, 전자 제어 유닛과 제1기판부(2410)와 제1구동 부재(2510)와 제1도전 부재(2600)는 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다. 또, 전자 제어 유닛과 제1기판부(2410)와 제2구동 부재(2520)와 제1도전 부재(2600)는 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다.Rear ends of the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the first substrate 2424. The front ends of the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600. Since the first substrate portion 2410 and the first conductive member 2600 are electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, respectively, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, and the first driving member 2510. ) And the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit. In addition, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, the second driving member 2520, and the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit.
제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520)는 "제2축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다. 가동 부재(2200)는 제1구동 부재(2510) 및 제2구동 부재(2520) 중 적어도 하나 이상의 형상 제어에 의해 "제3축"을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다(Yaw 제어).The first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may be spaced apart in the “second axis direction”. The movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “third axis” by the shape control of at least one of the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 (Yaw control).
일 예로, 제1구동 부재(2510)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 늘어나고 제2구동 부재(2520)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 줄어들면, 가동 부재(2200)는 "제3축"을 기준으로 정회전 할 수 있다. 이와 대조적으로, 제1구동 부재(2510)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 줄어들고 제2구동 부재(2520)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 늘어나면, 가동 부재(2200)는 "제3축"을 기준으로 역회전할 수 있다.For example, when the first driving member 2510 extends in the connecting or extending direction and the second driving member 2520 decreases in the connecting or extending direction, the movable member 2200 may rotate forward with respect to the “third axis”. Can be. In contrast, when the first driving member 2510 is reduced in the connecting or extending direction and the second driving member 2520 is extended in the connecting or extending direction, the movable member 2200 is reversely rotated about the "third axis". can do.
제1지지부(2310)와 제1구동 부재(2510)가 연결된 지점과 제1지지부(2310)와 제2구동 부재(2520)가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리(도 14의 (1)의 L1-1)는 제1기판부(2410)와 제1구동 부재(2510)가 연결된 지점과 제1기판부(2410)와 제2구동 부재(2520)가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리(도 14의 (1)의 L1-2)보다 길 수 있다.Distance between the point where the first support part 2310 and the first driving member 2510 are connected, and the point where the first support part 2310 and the second driving member 2520 are connected (L1-1 in FIG. 14 (1)) Is the distance between the point where the first substrate portion 2410 and the first driving member 2510 are connected and the point at which the first substrate portion 2410 and the second driving member 2520 are connected (L1 in FIG. 14 (1)). It can be longer than -2).
즉, 제1구동 부재(2510)와 제2구동 부재(2520)는, 제1기판부(4210)에서 제1지지부(2310)로 갈수록 제1구동 부재(2510)와 제2구동 부재(2520) 사이의 거리가 멀어지도록, 제1지지부(2310)와 경사지게 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1지지부(2310)에서 제1기판부(2410)를 향하여, 제2구동 부재(2520)가 위치한 방향으로 경사질 수 있다. 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제1지지부(2310)에서 제1기판부(2410)를 향하여, 제1구동 부재(2510)가 위치한 방향으로 경사질 수 있다.That is, the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 may have the first driving member 2510 and the second driving member 2520 from the first substrate portion 4210 to the first supporting portion 2310. The distance between the first support part 2310 and the inclined part may be disposed to be far from each other. The first driving member 2510 may be inclined from the first support part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the second driving member 2520 is positioned. The second driving member 2520 may be inclined from the first support part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the first driving member 2510 is positioned.
제1구동 부재(2510)와 제1지지부(2310)가 이루는 경사 각도는 65˚ 내지 80˚일 수 있다. 제2구동 부재(2520)와 제1지지부(2310)가 이루는 경사 각도는 65˚ 내지 80˚일 수 있다.The inclination angle formed by the first driving member 2510 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °. An inclination angle formed by the second driving member 2520 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
제1구동 부재(2510)의 전방 단부는 제1지지부(2310)의 제1돌출부(2311)에 배치될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1지지부(2310)의 제1홀(2311-1)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)의 제1홀(2311-1)의 내측면에는 제1구동 부재(2510)의 형상과 대응되는 암나사부가 형성될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1지지부(2310)와 나사 결합할 수 있다.The front end of the first driving member 2510 may be disposed on the first protrusion 2311 of the first support 2310. The first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the first hole 2311-1 of the first support part 2310. An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the first driving member 2510 may be formed on an inner surface of the first hole 2311-1 of the first support portion 2310. The first driving member 2510 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
제1구동 부재(2510)의 전방 단부는 제1고정 부재(2810)의 제1고정홀(2811)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1고정홀(2811)과 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 따라서 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1고정 부재(2810)에 의해 안정적으로 고정될 수 있다. 나아가 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1고정 부재(2810)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1고정 부재(2810)를 통해 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The front end of the first driving member 2510 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the first fixing hole 2811 of the first fixing member 2810. The first driving member 2510 may be fitted into the first fixing hole 2811. Accordingly, the first driving member 2510 may be stably fixed by the first fixing member 2810. Furthermore, the first driving member 2510 may be electrically connected to the first fixing member 2810. In this case, the first driving member 2510 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the first fixing member 2810.
제2구동 부재(2520)의 전방 단부는 제1지지부(2310)의 제2돌출부(2312)에 배치될 수 있다. 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제1지지부(2310)의 제3홀(2312-1)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)의 제3홀(2312-1)의 내측면에는 제2구동 부재(2520)의 형상과 대응되는 암나사부가 형성될 수 있다. 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제1지지부(2310)와 나사 결합할 수 있다.The front end of the second driving member 2520 may be disposed on the second protrusion 2312 of the first support 2310. The second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the third hole 2312-1 of the first support part 2310. An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the second driving member 2520 may be formed in the inner surface of the third hole 2312-1 of the first support portion 2310. The second driving member 2520 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
제2구동 부재(2520)의 전방 단부는 제2고정 부재(2820)의 제2고정홀(2821)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제2고정홀(2821)과 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 따라서 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제2고정 부재(2820)에 의해 안정적으로 고정될 수 있다. 나아가 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제2고정 부재(2820)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제2고정 부재(2820)를 통해 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The front end of the second driving member 2520 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the second fixing hole 2812 of the second fixing member 2820. The second driving member 2520 may be fitted into the second fixing hole 2827. Accordingly, the second driving member 2520 may be stably fixed by the second fixing member 2820. Furthermore, the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the second fixing member 2820. In this case, the second driving member 2520 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the second fixing member 2820.
제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)와 제1기판부(2410) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)와 제1기판부(2410)를 연결할 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)에서 제1기판부(2410)로 연장될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 "제1축" 방향으로 연장된 형태일 수 있다.The third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed between the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410. The third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may connect the first support part 2310 and the first substrate part 2410. The third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may extend from the first support part 2310 to the first substrate part 2410. The third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may extend in the "first axis" direction.
제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)의 후방 단부는 제1기판부(2410)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)의 전방 단부는 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제1기판부(2410)와 제1도전 부재(2600)는 각각 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결되므로, 전자 제어 유닛과 제1기판부(2410)와 제3구동 부재(2530)와 제1도전 부재(2600)는 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다. 또, 전자 제어 유닛과 제1기판부(2410)와 제4구동 부재(2540)와 제1도전 부재(2600)는 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다.Rear ends of the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the first substrate part 2410. The front ends of the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600. Since the first substrate portion 2410 and the first conductive member 2600 are electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, respectively, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, and the third driving member 2530. ) And the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit. In addition, the electronic control unit, the first substrate portion 2410, the fourth driving member 2540, and the first conductive member 2600 may form one circuit.
제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 "제3축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다. 가동 부재(2200)는 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540) 중 적어도 하나 이상의 형상 제어에 의해 "제2축"을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다(Roll 제어).The third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 may be spaced apart in the “third axis direction”. The movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “second axis” by shape control of at least one of the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 (Roll control).
일 예로, 제3구동 부재(2530)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 늘어나고 제4구동 부재(2540)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 줄어들면, 가동 부재(2200)는 "제2축"을 기준으로 정회전 할 수 있다. 이와 대조적으로, 제3구동 부재(2530)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 줄어들고 제4구동 부재(2540)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 늘어나면, 가동 부재(2200)는 "제2축"을 기준으로 역회전할 수 있다.For example, when the third driving member 2530 extends in the connecting or extending direction and the fourth driving member 2540 decreases in the connecting or extending direction, the movable member 2200 may rotate forward with respect to the “second axis”. Can be. In contrast, when the third driving member 2530 is reduced in the connecting or extending direction and the fourth driving member 2540 is extending in the connecting or extending direction, the movable member 2200 is rotated about the "second axis" in the reverse direction. can do.
제1지지부(2310)와 제3구동 부재(2530)가 연결된 지점과 제1지지부(2310)와 제4구동 부재(2540)가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리(도 14의 (2)의 L2-1)는 제1기판부(2410)와 제3구동 부재(2530)가 연결된 지점과 제1기판부(2410)와 제4구동 부재(2540)가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리(도 14의 (2)의 L2-2)보다 길 수 있다.The distance between the point at which the first support part 2310 and the third drive member 2530 are connected, and the point at which the first support part 2310 and the fourth drive member 2540 are connected (L2-1 in FIG. 14 (2)). Is the distance between the point where the first substrate portion 2410 and the third driving member 2530 are connected and the point at which the first substrate portion 2410 and the fourth driving member 2540 are connected (L2 in FIG. 14 (2)). It can be longer than -2).
즉, 제3구동 부재(2530)와 제4구동 부재(2540)는, 제1기판부(2410)에서 제1지지부(2310)로 갈수록 제3구동 부재(2530)와 제4구동 부재(2540) 사이의 거리가 멀어지도록, 제1지지부(2310)와 경사지게 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제1지지부(2310)에서 제1기판부(2410)를 향하여, 제4구동 부재(2540)가 위치한 방향으로 경사질 수 있다. 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)에서 제1기판부(2410)를 향하여, 제3구동 부재(2530)가 위치한 방향으로 경사질 수 있다.That is, the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 have the third driving member 2530 and the fourth driving member 2540 from the first substrate portion 2410 to the first supporting portion 2310. The distance between the first support part 2310 and the inclined part may be disposed to be far from each other. The third driving member 2530 may be inclined from the first support part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the fourth driving member 2540 is located. The fourth driving member 2540 may be inclined from the first supporting part 2310 toward the first substrate part 2410 in the direction in which the third driving member 2530 is positioned.
제3구동 부재(2530)와 제1지지부(2310)가 이루는 경사 각도는 65˚ 내지 80˚일 수 있다. 제4구동 부재(2540)와 제1지지부(2310)가 이루는 경사 각도는 65˚ 내지 80˚일 수 있다.The inclination angle formed by the third driving member 2530 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °. The inclination angle formed by the fourth driving member 2540 and the first support part 2310 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
제3구동 부재(2530)의 전방 단부는 제1지지부(2310)의 제3돌출부(2313)에 배치될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)의 제5홀(2313-1)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)의 제5홀(2313-1)의 내측면에는 제3구동 부재(2530)의 형상과 대응되는 암나사부가 형성될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제1지지부(2310)와 나사 결합할 수 있다.The front end of the third driving member 2530 may be disposed in the third protrusion 2313 of the first support 2310. The third driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the fifth hole 2313-1 of the first support part 2310. An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the third driving member 2530 may be formed on an inner surface of the fifth hole 2313-1 of the first support portion 2310. The third driving member 2530 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
제3구동 부재(2530)의 전방 단부는 제3고정 부재(2830)의 제3고정홀(2831)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제3고정홀(2831)과 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 따라서 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제3고정 부재(2830)에 의해 안정적으로 고정될 수 있다. 나아가 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제3고정 부재(2830)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제3고정 부재(2830)를 통해 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The front end of the third driving member 2530 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the third fixing hole 2831 of the third fixing member 2830. The third driving member 2530 may be fitted into the third fixing hole 2831. Accordingly, the third driving member 2530 may be stably fixed by the third fixing member 2830. Furthermore, the third driving member 2530 may be electrically connected to the third fixing member 2830. In this case, the third driving member 2530 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the third fixing member 2830.
제4구동 부재(2540)의 전방 단부는 제1지지부(2310)의 제4돌출부(2314)에 배치될 수 있다. 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)의 제7홀(2314-1)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제1지지부(2310)의 제7홀(2314-1)의 내측면에는 제4구동 부재(2540)의 형상과 대응되는 암나사부가 형성될 수 있다. 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1지지부(2310)와 나사 결합할 수 있다.The front end of the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed at the fourth protrusion 2314 of the first support 2310. The fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the seventh hole 2314-1 of the first support part 2310. An internal thread portion corresponding to the shape of the fourth driving member 2540 may be formed on the inner surface of the seventh hole 2314-1 of the first support portion 2310. The fourth driving member 2540 may be screwed with the first support 2310.
제4구동 부재(2540)의 전방 단부는 제4고정 부재(2840)의 제4고정홀(2841)에 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제4고정홀(2841)과 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 따라서 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제4고정 부재(2840)에 의해 안정적으로 고정될 수 있다. 나아가 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제4고정 부재(2840)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제4고정 부재(2840)를 통해 제1도전 부재(2600)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The front end of the fourth driving member 2540 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) in the fourth fixing hole 2841 of the fourth fixing member 2840. The fourth driving member 2540 may be fitted into the fourth fixing hole 2841. Therefore, the fourth driving member 2540 may be stably fixed by the fourth fixing member 2840. Furthermore, the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the fourth fixing member 2840. In this case, the fourth driving member 2540 may be electrically connected to the first conductive member 2600 through the fourth fixing member 2840.
제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2지지부(2320)와 제2기판부(2420) 사이에 배치될 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2지지부(2320)와 제2기판부(2420)를 연결할 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2지지부(2320)에서 제2기판부(2420)로 연장될 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 "제2축" 방향으로 연장된 형태일 수 있다.The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed between the second support part 2320 and the second substrate part 2420. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may connect the second support part 2320 and the second substrate part 2420. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may extend from the second support part 2320 to the second substrate part 2420. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may extend in the "second axis" direction.
제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2기판부(2420)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2도전 부재(미도시)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제2기판부(2420)와 제2도전 부재(미도시)는 각각 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결되므로, 전자 제어 유닛과 제2기판부(2420)와 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제2도전 부재(미도시)는 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다. 또, 전자 제어 유닛과 제2기판부(2420)와 제6구동 부재(2560)와 제2도전 부재(미도시)는 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다.The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be electrically connected to the second substrate 2420. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be electrically connected to the second conductive member (not shown). Since the second substrate portion 2420 and the second conductive member (not shown) are electrically connected to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, respectively, the electronic control unit, the second substrate portion 2420, and the fifth driving member ( 2550 and the second conductive member (not shown) may form one circuit. In addition, the electronic control unit, the second substrate portion 2420, the sixth driving member 2560, and the second conductive member (not shown) may form one circuit.
제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 "제3축 방향"으로 이격될 수 있다. 가동 부재(2200)는 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560) 중 적어도 하나 이상의 형상 제어에 의해 "제1축"을 기준으로 회전할 수 있다(Pitch 제어).The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be spaced apart in the “third axis direction”. The movable member 2200 may rotate based on the “first axis” by shape control of at least one of the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 (Pitch control).
일 예로, 제5구동 부재(2550)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 늘어나고 제6구동 부재(2560)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 줄어들면, 가동 부재(2200)는 "제1축"을 기준으로 정회전 할 수 있다. 이와 대조적으로, 제5구동 부재(2550)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 줄어들고 제6구동 부재(2560)가 연결 또는 연장 방향으로 늘어나면, 가동 부재(2200)는 "제1축"을 기준으로 역회전할 수 있다.For example, when the fifth driving member 2550 extends in the connecting or extending direction and the sixth driving member 2560 decreases in the connecting or extending direction, the movable member 2200 may rotate forward with respect to the “first axis”. Can be. In contrast, when the fifth driving member 2550 is reduced in the connecting or extending direction and the sixth driving member 2560 is extending in the connecting or extending direction, the movable member 2200 is reversely rotated about the “first axis”. can do.
제2지지부(2320)와 제5구동 부재(2550)가 연결된 지점과 제2지지부(2320)와 제6구동 부재(2560)가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리(도 14의 (3)의 L3-1)는 제2기판부(2420)와 제5구동 부재(2550)가 연결된 지점과 제2기판부(2420)와 제6구동 부재(2560)가 연결된 지점 사이의 거리(도 14의 (3)의 L3-2)보다 길 수 있다.Distance between the point where the second support part 2320 and the fifth driving member 2550 are connected and the point where the second support part 2320 and the sixth driving member 2560 are connected (L3-1 in FIG. 14 (3)). Is the distance between the point where the second substrate portion 2420 and the fifth driving member 2550 are connected, and the point where the second substrate portion 2420 and the sixth driving member 2560 are connected (L3 in FIG. 14 (3)). It can be longer than -2).
즉, 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제6구동 부재(2560)는, 제2기판부(2420)에서 제2지지부(2320)로 갈수록 제5구동 부재(2550)와 제6구동 부재(2560) 사이의 거리가 멀어지도록, 제2지지부(2320)와 경사지게 배치될 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550)는 제2지지부(2320)에서 제2기판부(2420)를 향하여, 제6구동 부재(2560)가 위치한 방향으로 경사질 수 있다. 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2지지부(2320)에서 제2기판부(2420)를 향하여, 제5구동 부재(2550)가 위치한 방향으로 경사질 수 있다.That is, the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 move from the second substrate portion 2420 to the second support portion 2320 as the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560. The distance between the second support part 2320 and the second support unit 2320 may be inclined. The fifth driving member 2550 may be inclined from the second supporting part 2320 toward the second substrate 2420 in the direction in which the sixth driving member 2560 is positioned. The sixth driving member 2560 may be inclined from the second support part 2320 toward the second substrate part 2420 in the direction in which the fifth driving member 2550 is positioned.
제5구동 부재(2550)와 제2지지부(2320)가 이루는 경사 각도는 65˚ 내지 80˚일 수 있다. 제6구동 부재(2560)와 제2지지부(2320)가 이루는 경사 각도는 65˚ 내지 80˚일 수 있다.An inclination angle between the fifth driving member 2550 and the second support part 2320 may be 65 ° to 80 °. An inclination angle formed by the sixth driving member 2560 and the second support part 2320 may be 65 ° to 80 °.
제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)의 상측 단부는 제2지지부(2320)에 형성된 2개의 홀에 각각 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제2지지부(2320)에 형성된 홀에는 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)와 대응되는 암나사부가 형성될 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2지지부(2320)와 나사 결합할 수 있다. 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)는 제2도전 부재(미도시)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.Upper ends of the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated) into two holes formed in the second support part 2320, respectively. In this case, a female thread part corresponding to the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be formed in the hole formed in the second support part 2320. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be screwed with the second support part 2320. The fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 may be electrically connected to the second conductive member (not shown).
이하, 도 15를 참조하여, 제1구동 부재(2510)를 예를 들어 구동 부재(2500)의 경사 배치의 이점에 대해 좀 더 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 15, the advantage of the inclination arrangement | positioning of the drive member 2500 with the 1st drive member 2510 is demonstrated in more detail.
도 15의 (1)은 제1비교례로 제1구동 부재(2510)가 제1지지부(2410)와 수직으로 배치된 경우이고, 도 15의 (2)는 제2비교례로 제1구동 부재(2510)가 제1지지부(2410)와 내측 방향을 기준으로 둔각으로 배치된 경우이고, 도 15의 (3)은 본 실시예로 제1구동 부재(2510)가 제1지지부(2410)와 내측 방향을 기준으로 예각으로 배치된 경우이다.FIG. 15 (1) shows a case in which the first driving member 2510 is disposed perpendicular to the first support part 2410 in a first comparative example, and FIG. 15 (2) shows a first driving member in a second comparative example. The case 2510 is disposed at an obtuse angle with respect to the inner side direction of the first support part 2410, and FIG. 15 (3) shows that the first driving member 2510 is the first support part 2410 and the inner side in this embodiment. This is the case when it is arranged at an acute angle based on the direction.
도 15에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 가동 부재(2200)를 동일한 회전 각도로 회전시키기 위해, 제1비교례에서는 제1구동 부재(2510)가 길이 방향으로 축소된 길이(a1)와 신장된 길이(a2)의 차이(길이의 변화량)는 15.6mm이고, 제2비교례에서 제1구동 부재(2510)가 길이 방향으로 축소된 길이(b1)와 신장된 길이(b2)의 차이(길이의 변화량)는 17.72mm이고, 본 제2실시예에서 제1구동 부재(2510)가 길이 방향으로 축소된 길이(c1)와 신장된 길이(c2)의 차이(길이의 변화량)는 13mm이다.As shown in FIG. 15, in order to rotate the movable member 2200 at the same rotational angle, in the first comparative example, the length a1 and the elongated length a2 of the first driving member 2510 are reduced in the longitudinal direction. The difference (amount of change in length) is 15.6 mm, and in the second comparative example, the difference (amount of change in length) between the length b1 and the length b2 in which the first driving member 2510 is reduced in the longitudinal direction is 17.72. In this second embodiment, the difference (amount of change in length) between the length c1 and the length c2 in which the first drive member 2510 is reduced in the longitudinal direction is 13 mm.
따라서 본 제2실시예에서는 최소의 변화량으로 최대의 회전 각도를 구현할 수 있으므로, 전자 제어 측면과 구조적 측면에서 유리함을 가진다.Therefore, in the second embodiment, since the maximum rotation angle can be realized with the minimum amount of change, there is an advantage in terms of electronic control and structural aspects.
제1도전 부재(2600)는 인쇄 회로 기판(PCB, Printed Circuit Board) 또는 연성 인쇄 회로 기판(FPCB, Flexible Printed Circuit Board)일 수 있다. 제1도전 부재(2600)는 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)와 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛을 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 제1도전 부재(2600)는 도전부(2610)와 연결부(2620)를 포함할 수 있다.The first conductive member 2600 may be a printed circuit board (PCB) or a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB). The first conductive member 2600 may include an electronic control unit of the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 and the flying device 2001. Can be electrically connected The first conductive member 2600 may include a conductive portion 2610 and a connection portion 2620.
도전부(2610)는 제1지지부(2310)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 도전부(2610)는 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 도전부(2610)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있다. 도전부(2610)는 사각 링 형태일 수 있다.The conductive portion 2610 may be disposed in front of the first support portion 2310. The conductive portion 2610 may be in the form of a plate. The conductive portion 2610 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis”. The conductive portion 2610 may have a rectangular ring shape.
도전부(2610)는 제1블레이드(2611), 제2블레이드(2612), 제3블레이드(2613) 및 제4블레이드(2614)를 포함할 수 있다.The conductive part 2610 may include a first blade 2611, a second blade 2612, a third blade 2613, and a fourth blade 2614.
제1블레이드(2611)는 도전부(2610)의 상측 변에서 상측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제1블레이드(2611)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있고, 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제1블레이드(2611)는 제1고정부(2810)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1블레이드(2611)와 제1고정부(2810)는 솔더링될 수도 있고, 직접 접촉할 수도 있고, 별도의 커넥터에 의해 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제1블레이드(2611)는 제1고정부(2811)를 통해, 제1구동 부재(2510)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The first blade 2611 may protrude upward from an upper side of the conductive portion 2610. The first blade 2611 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape. The first blade 2611 may be electrically connected to the first fixing part 2810. In this case, the first blade 2611 and the first fixing part 2810 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector. The first blade 2611 may be electrically connected to the first driving member 2510 through the first fixing part 2811.
제2블레이드(2612)는 도전부(2610)의 하측 변에서 하측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제2블레이드(2612)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있고, 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제2블레이드(2612)는 제2고정부(2820)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제2블레이드(2612)와 제2고정부(2820)는 솔더링될 수도 있고, 직접 접촉할 수도 있고, 별도의 커넥터에 의해 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 제2블레이드(2621)는 제2고정부(2820)를 통해, 제2구동 부재(2520)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The second blade 2612 may protrude downward from the lower side of the conductive portion 2610. The second blade 2612 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape. The second blade 2612 may be electrically connected to the second fixing part 2820. In this case, the second blade 2612 and the second fixing part 2820 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector. The second blade 2621 may be electrically connected to the second driving member 2520 through the second fixing part 2820.
제3블레이드(2613)는 도전부(2610)의 우측 변에서 우측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제3블레이드(2613)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있고, 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제3블레이드(2613)는 제3고정부(2830)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3블레이드(2613)와 제3고정부(2830)는 솔더링될 수도 있고, 직접 접촉할 수도 있고, 별도의 커넥터에 의해 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 따라서 제3블레이드(2613)는 제3고정부(2830)를 통해, 제3구동 부재(2530)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The third blade 2613 may protrude from the right side of the conductive portion 2610 to the right side. The third blade 2613 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape. The third blade 2613 may be electrically connected to the third fixing part 2830. In this case, the third blade 2613 and the third fixing part 2830 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector. Accordingly, the third blade 2613 may be electrically connected to the third driving member 2530 through the third fixing part 2830.
제4블레이드(2614)는 도전부(2610)의 좌측 변에서 좌측으로 돌출될 수 있다. 제4블레이드(2614)는 "제1축"과 수직으로 배치될 수 있고, 플레이트 형태일 수 있다. 제4블레이드(2614)는 제4고정부(2840)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제4블레이드(2614)와 제4고정부(2840)는 솔더링될 수도 있고, 직접 접촉할 수도 있고, 별도의 커넥터에 의해 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 따라서 제4블레이드(2614)는 제4고정부(2840)를 통해, 제4구동 부재(2540)와 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The fourth blade 2614 may protrude from the left side of the conductive portion 2610 to the left side. The fourth blade 2614 may be disposed perpendicular to the “first axis” and may have a plate shape. The fourth blade 2614 may be electrically connected to the fourth fixing portion 2840. In this case, the fourth blade 2614 and the fourth fixing part 2840 may be soldered, may be in direct contact, or may be electrically connected by a separate connector. Therefore, the fourth blade 2614 may be electrically connected to the fourth driving member 2540 through the fourth fixing part 2840.
연결부(2620)는 도전부(2610)와 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛을 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다. 따라서 제1구동 부재(2510), 제2구동 부재(2520), 제3구동 부재(2530) 및 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제1도전 부재(2600)를 통해 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다.The connection part 2620 may electrically connect the conductive part 2610 and the electronic control unit of the flight device 2001. Accordingly, the first driving member 2510, the second driving member 2520, the third driving member 2530, and the fourth driving member 2540 are electronically controlled by the flying device 2001 through the first conductive member 2600. It can be electrically connected to the unit.
제2도전 부재(미도시)는 인쇄 회로 기판(PCB, Printed Circuit Board) 또는 연성 인쇄 회로 기판(FPCB, Flexible Printed Circuit Board)일 수 있다. 제2도전 부재(미도시)는 제5구동 부재(2550) 및 제6구동 부재(2560)와 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛을 전기적으로 연결할 수 있다.The second conductive member (not shown) may be a printed circuit board (PCB) or a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB). The second conductive member (not shown) may electrically connect the fifth driving member 2550 and the sixth driving member 2560 to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001.
제1도전 부재(2600)와 제2도전 부재는 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛과 기판(2400)과 구동 부재(2500)와 함께, 구동 부재(2500)에 전류를 인가하기 위한 하나의 회로를 형성할 수 있다.The first conductive member 2600 and the second conductive member, together with the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001 and the substrate 2400 and the driving member 2500, are a circuit for applying current to the driving member 2500. Can be formed.
구동 부재(2500)의 형태에 따라, 제1도전 부재(2600)와 제2도전 부재는 생략될 수 있다. 일 예로, 구동 부재(2500)와 기판(2400)에 의해 하나의 회로가 형성될 수 있다. 이 경우, 구동 부재(2500)의 일측 단부와 타측 단부는 모두 기판(2400)에 전기적으로 연결될 수 있다. 또, 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛에서 구동 전류가 기판(2400)으로 전달되고, 구동 전류는 구동 부재(2500)와 기판(2400)에 의해 형성된 회로를 따라 흐르면서 구동 부재(2500)에 구동력을 제공할 수 있다.According to the shape of the driving member 2500, the first conductive member 2600 and the second conductive member may be omitted. For example, one circuit may be formed by the driving member 2500 and the substrate 2400. In this case, one end and the other end of the driving member 2500 may be electrically connected to the substrate 2400. In addition, the driving current is transmitted to the substrate 2400 in the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001, and the driving current flows along the circuit formed by the driving member 2500 and the substrate 2400, and the driving force is applied to the driving member 2500. Can be provided.
회전 조인트(2700)는 제1기판부(2410)와 가동 부재(2200)를 연결할 수 있다. 회전 조인트(2700)는 케이스(2100)와 가동 부재(2200)를 연결할 수 있다. 회전 조인트(2700)는 가동 부재(2200)가 회전 가능하도록, 가동 부재(2200)와 결합할 수 있다. 그 결과, 가동 부재(2200)는 회전 가능한 상태로, 회전 조인트(2700)에 의해 지지될 수 있다.The rotary joint 2700 may connect the first substrate part 2410 and the movable member 2200. The rotary joint 2700 may connect the case 2100 and the movable member 2200. The rotary joint 2700 may be coupled to the movable member 2200 such that the movable member 2200 is rotatable. As a result, the movable member 2200 can be supported by the rotary joint 2700 in a rotatable state.
회전 조인트(2700)는 볼(2710) 및 지지 기둥(2720)을 포함할 수 있다. 볼(2710)은 가동 부재(2200)의 내측에 배치될 수 있다. 볼(2710)은 마치 구면 조인트와 같이, 가동 부재(2200)와 결합할 수 있다. 그 결과, 가동 부재(2200)는 볼(2710)과 회전 가능하게 결합할 수 있다.The rotary joint 2700 may include a ball 2710 and a support column 2720. The ball 2710 may be disposed inside the movable member 2200. The ball 2710 may be coupled to the movable member 2200, like a spherical joint. As a result, the movable member 2200 may be rotatably coupled to the ball 2710.
지지 기둥(2720)은 볼(2710)에서 제1기판부(2410)로 연장되어, 볼(2710)과 제1기판부(2410)를 연결할 수 있다. 지지 기둥(2720)은 볼(2710)에서 케이스(2100)로 연장되어, 볼(2710)과 케이스(2100)를 연결할 수 있다.The support pillar 2720 may extend from the ball 2710 to the first substrate portion 2410 to connect the ball 2710 and the first substrate portion 2410. The support pillar 2720 may extend from the ball 2710 to the case 2100 to connect the ball 2710 and the case 2100.
고정 부재(2800)는 제1지지부(2310)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 고정 부재(2800)는 지지 부재(2300)와 결합할 수 있다. 고정 부재(2800)는 리벳 이음에 의해 지지 부재(2300)와 결합할 수 있다. 고정 부재(2800)는 구동 부재(2500)를 고정할 수 있다. 고정 부재(2800)는 제1고정 부재(2810), 제2고정 부재(2820), 제3고정 부재(2830) 및 제4고정 부재(2840)를 포함할 수 있다.The fixing member 2800 may be disposed in front of the first support part 2310. The fixing member 2800 may be coupled to the support member 2300. The fixing member 2800 may be coupled to the supporting member 2300 by riveting. The fixing member 2800 may fix the driving member 2500. The fixing member 2800 may include a first fixing member 2810, a second fixing member 2820, a third fixing member 2830, and a fourth fixing member 2840.
제1고정 부재(2810)는 제1돌출부(2311)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제1고정 부재(2810)는 제1돌출부(2311)와 결합할 수 있다. 제1고정 부재(2810)는 리벳 이음에 의해 제1돌출부(2311)와 결합할 수 있다. 제1고정 부재(2810)는 제1고정홀(2811)과 2개의 제1핀홀(2812)을 포함할 수 있다. 제1고정홀(2811)은 2개의 제1핀홀(2812) 사이에 위치할 수 있다.The first fixing member 2810 may be disposed in front of the first protrusion 2311. The first fixing member 2810 may be coupled to the first protrusion 2311. The first fixing member 2810 may be coupled to the first protrusion 2311 by riveting. The first fixing member 2810 may include a first fixing hole 2811 and two first pin holes 2812. The first fixing hole 2811 may be located between the two first pin holes 2812.
제1고정홀(2811)에는 제1돌출부(2311)의 제1홀(2311-1)을 관통한 제1구동 부재(2510)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제1구동 부재(2510)는 제1고정홀(2811)에 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 그 결과, 제1고정 부재(2810)는 제1구동 부재(2510)를 고정할 수 있다.The first driving member 2510 penetrating the first hole 2311-1 of the first protrusion 2311 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the first fixing hole 2811. In this case, the first driving member 2510 may be fitted into the first fixing hole 2811. As a result, the first fixing member 2810 may fix the first driving member 2510.
2개의 제1핀홀(2812)에는 2개의 제1핀(2811-1)이 각각 배치될 수 있다. 2개의 제1핀(2811-1)은 2개의 제1핀홀(2812)을 각각 관통하여 제1돌출부(2311)의 2개의 제2홀(2311-2)에 배치될 수 있다. 그 결과, 제1고정 부재(2810)는 제1돌출부(2311)와 리벳 이음에 의해 결합할 수 있다.Two first pins 2811-1 may be disposed in the two first pin holes 2812, respectively. The two first pins 2811-1 may be disposed in the two second holes 2311-2 of the first protrusion 2311 through the two first pin holes 2812, respectively. As a result, the first fixing member 2810 may be coupled to the first protrusion 2311 by rivet joints.
제2고정 부재(2820)는 제2돌출부(2312)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제2고정 부재(2820)는 제2돌출부(2312)와 결합할 수 있다. 제2고정 부재(2820)는 리벳 이음에 의해 제2돌출부(2312)와 결합할 수 있다. 제2고정 부재(2820)는 제2고정홀(2821)과 2개의 제2핀홀(2822)을 포함할 수 있다. 제2고정홀(2821)은 2개의 제2핀홀(2822) 사이에 위치할 수 있다.The second fixing member 2820 may be disposed in front of the second protrusion 2312. The second fixing member 2820 may be coupled to the second protrusion 2312. The second fixing member 2820 may be coupled to the second protrusion 2312 by riveting. The second fixing member 2820 may include a second fixing hole 2821 and two second pin holes 2822. The second fixing hole 2821 may be located between the two second pin holes 2822.
제2고정홀(2821)에는 제2돌출부(2312)의 제3홀(2312-1)을 관통한 제2구동 부재(2520)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제2구동 부재(2520)는 제2고정홀(2821)에 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 그 결과, 제2고정 부재(2820)는 제1구동 부재(2520)를 고정할 수 있다.In the second fixing hole 2821, a second driving member 2520 penetrating through the third hole 2312-1 of the second protrusion 2312 may be disposed (inserted and penetrated). In this case, the second driving member 2520 may be fitted into the second fixing hole 2821. As a result, the second fixing member 2820 may fix the first driving member 2520.
2개의 제2핀홀(2822)에는 2개의 제2핀(2821-1)이 각각 배치될 수 있다. 2개의 제2핀(2821-1)은 2개의 제2핀홀(2822)을 각각 관통하여 제2돌출부(2312)의 2개의 제4홀(2312-2)에 배치될 수 있다. 그 결과, 제2고정 부재(2820)는 제2돌출부(2312)와 리벳 이음에 의해 결합할 수 있다.Two second pins 2821-1 may be disposed in the two second pin holes 2822, respectively. Two second pins 2821-1 may be disposed in two fourth holes 2312-2 of the second protrusion 2312 through two second pin holes 2822, respectively. As a result, the second fixing member 2820 may be coupled to the second protrusion 2312 by rivet joints.
제3고정 부재(2830)는 제3돌출부(2313)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제3고정 부재(2830)는 제3돌출부(2313)와 결합할 수 있다. 제3고정 부재(2830)는 리벳 이음에 의해 제3돌출부(2313)와 결합할 수 있다. 제3고정 부재(2830)는 제3고정홀(2831)과 2개의 제3핀홀(2832)을 포함할 수 있다. 제3고정홀(2831)은 2개의 제3핀홀(2832) 사이에 위치할 수 있다.The third fixing member 2830 may be disposed in front of the third protrusion 2313. The third fixing member 2830 may be coupled to the third protrusion 2313. The third fixing member 2830 may be coupled to the third protrusion 2313 by riveting. The third fixing member 2830 may include a third fixing hole 2831 and two third pin holes 2832. The third fixing hole 2831 may be located between the two third pin holes 2832.
제3고정홀(2831)에는 제3돌출부(2313)의 제5홀(2313-1)을 관통한 제3구동 부재(2530)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제3구동 부재(2530)는 제3고정홀(2831)에 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 그 결과, 제3고정 부재(2830)는 제3구동 부재(2530)를 고정할 수 있다.A third driving member 2530 penetrating through the fifth hole 2313-1 of the third protrusion 2313 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the third fixing hole 2831. In this case, the third driving member 2530 may be fitted into the third fixing hole 2831. As a result, the third fixing member 2830 may fix the third driving member 2530.
2개의 제3핀홀(2832)에는 2개의 제3핀(2831-1)이 각각 배치될 수 있다. 2개의 제3핀(2831-1)은 2개의 제3핀홀(2832)을 각각 관통하여 제3돌출부(2313)의 2개의 제6홀(2313-2)에 배치될 수 있다. 그 결과, 제3고정 부재(2830)는 제3돌출부(2313)와 리벳 이음에 의해 결합할 수 있다.Two third pins 2831-1 may be disposed in the two third pin holes 2832, respectively. Two third pins 2831-1 may be disposed in two sixth holes 2313-2 of the third protrusion 2313 through two third pin holes 2832, respectively. As a result, the third fixing member 2830 may be coupled to the third protrusion 2313 by rivet joints.
제4고정 부재(2840)는 제4돌출부(2314)의 전방에 배치될 수 있다. 제4고정 부재(2840)는 제4돌출부(2314)와 결합할 수 있다. 제4고정 부재(2840)는 리벳 이음에 의해 제4돌출부(2314)와 결합할 수 있다. 제4고정 부재(2840)는 제4고정홀(2841)과 2개의 제4핀홀(2842)을 포함할 수 있다. 제4고정홀(2841)은 2개의 제4핀홀(2842) 사이에 위치할 수 있다.The fourth fixing member 2840 may be disposed in front of the fourth protrusion 2314. The fourth fixing member 2840 may be coupled to the fourth protrusion 2314. The fourth fixing member 2840 may be coupled to the fourth protrusion 2314 by riveting. The fourth fixing member 2840 may include a fourth fixing hole 2841 and two fourth pin holes 2842. The fourth fixing hole 2841 may be located between two fourth pin holes 2842.
제4고정홀(2841)에는 제4돌출부(2314)의 제9홀(2313-1)을 관통한 제4구동 부재(2540)가 배치(삽입, 관통)될 수 있다. 이 경우, 제4구동 부재(2540)는 제4고정홀(2841)에 끼임 결합할 수 있다. 그 결과, 제4고정 부재(2840)는 제4구동 부재(2540)를 고정할 수 있다.A fourth driving member 2540 passing through the ninth hole 2313-1 of the fourth protrusion 2314 may be disposed (inserted or penetrated) in the fourth fixing hole 2841. In this case, the fourth driving member 2540 may be fitted into the fourth fixing hole 2841. As a result, the fourth fixing member 2840 may fix the fourth driving member 2540.
2개의 제4핀홀(2842)에는 2개의 제4핀(2841-1)이 각각 배치될 수 있다. 2개의 제4핀(2841-1)은 2개의 제4핀홀(2842)을 각각 관통하여 제4돌출부(2314)의 2개의 제10홀(2342-2)에 배치될 수 있다. 그 결과, 제4고정 부재(2840)는 제4돌출부(2314)와 리벳 이음에 의해 결합할 수 있다.Two fourth pins 2841-1 may be disposed in the two fourth pin holes 2842, respectively. The two fourth pins 2841-1 may be disposed in the two tenth holes 2342-2 of the fourth protrusion 2314 through the two fourth pin holes 2842, respectively. As a result, the fourth fixing member 2840 may be coupled to the fourth protrusion 2314 by rivet joints.
카메라 모듈(2900)은 "카메라"로 호칭될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(2900)은 가동 부재(2200)에 배치될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(2900)은 가동 부재(2200)에 장착될 수 있다. 카메라 모듈(2900)은 가동 부재(2200)와 일체로 형성될 수도 있다.The camera module 2900 may be referred to as a "camera." The camera module 2900 may be disposed on the movable member 2200. The camera module 2900 may be mounted on the movable member 2200. The camera module 2900 may be integrally formed with the movable member 2200.
카메라 모듈(2900)은 커버와 커버의 내측에 배치된 렌즈 홀더와 렌즈 홀더에 장착된 렌즈와 커버의 후방에 배치된 베이스와 베이스의 후방에 배치된 카메라 모듈 기판과 카메라 모듈 기판에 실장된 이미지 센서를 포함할 수 있다.The camera module 2900 includes a lens holder disposed inside the cover and the cover, a lens mounted on the lens holder, a base disposed at the rear of the cover, a camera module substrate disposed at the rear of the base, and an image sensor mounted on the camera module substrate. It may include.
카메라 모듈 기판은 기판(2400)과 전기적으로 연결되어, 비행 장치(2001)의 전자 제어 유닛으로 촬영 영상을 전송하거나, 전자 제어 유닛에 의해 제어될 수 있다.The camera module substrate may be electrically connected to the substrate 2400 to transmit a captured image to the electronic control unit of the flying device 2001 or may be controlled by the electronic control unit.
이상에서, 본 발명의 실시예를 구성하는 모든 구성 요소들이 하나로 결합하거나 결합하여 동작하는 것으로 설명되었다고 해서, 본 발명이 반드시 이러한 실시 예에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 즉, 본 발명의 목적 범위 안에서라면, 그 모든 구성 요소들이 하나 이상으로 선택적으로 결합하여 동작할 수도 있다. 또한, 이상에서 기재된 "포함하다", "구성하다" 또는 "가지다" 등의 용어는, 특별히 반대되는 기재가 없는 한, 해당 구성 요소가 내재할 수 있음을 의미하는 것이므로, 다른 구성 요소를 제외하는 것이 아니라 다른 구성 요소를 더 포함할 수 있는 것으로 해석되어야 한다. 기술적이거나 과학적인 용어를 포함한 모든 용어들은, 다르게 정의되지 않는 한, 본 발명이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에 의해 일반적으로 이해되는 것과 동일한 의미가 있다. 사전에 정의된 용어와 같이 일반적으로 사용되는 용어들은 관련 기술의 문맥상의 의미와 일치하는 것으로 해석되어야 하며, 본 발명에서 명백하게 정의하지 않는 한, 이상적이거나 과도하게 형식적인 의미로 해석되지 않는다.In the above description, all elements constituting the embodiments of the present invention are described as being combined or operating in combination, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to the embodiments. In other words, within the scope of the present invention, all of the components may be selectively operated in combination with one or more. In addition, the terms "comprise", "comprise" or "having" described above mean that the corresponding component may be inherent unless specifically stated otherwise, and thus excludes other components. It should be construed that it may further include other components instead. All terms, including technical and scientific terms, have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art unless otherwise defined. Terms used generally, such as terms defined in a dictionary, should be interpreted to coincide with the contextual meaning of the related art, and shall not be interpreted in an ideal or excessively formal sense unless explicitly defined in the present invention.
이상의 설명은 본 발명의 기술 사상을 예시적으로 설명한 것에 불과한 것으로서, 본 발명이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자라면 본 발명의 본질적인 특성에서 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다양한 수정 및 변형이 가능할 것이다. 따라서, 본 발명에 개시된 실시 예들은 본 발명의 기술 사상을 한정하기 위한 것이 아니라 설명하기 위한 것이고, 이러한 실시 예에 의하여 본 발명의 기술 사상의 범위가 한정되는 것은 아니다. 본 발명의 보호 범위는 아래의 청구범위에 의하여 해석되어야 하며, 그와 동등한 범위 내에 있는 모든 기술 사상은 본 발명의 권리범위에 포함되는 것으로 해석되어야 할 것이다.The above description is merely illustrative of the technical idea of the present invention, and those skilled in the art to which the present invention pertains may make various modifications and changes without departing from the essential characteristics of the present invention. Therefore, the embodiments disclosed in the present invention are not intended to limit the technical idea of the present invention but to describe the present invention, and the scope of the technical idea of the present invention is not limited by these embodiments. The protection scope of the present invention should be interpreted by the following claims, and all technical ideas within the equivalent scope should be interpreted as being included in the scope of the present invention.

Claims (10)

  1. 가동부; 및A movable part; And
    상기 가동부의 중심에 대해 대칭으로 배치된 제1구동부재와 제2구동부재를 포함하고,A first driving member and a second driving member disposed symmetrically with respect to the center of the movable part,
    상기 제1구동부재는 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제1와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제2구동부재는 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제3와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제1와이어 및 상기 제3와이어는 형상 기억 합금이며,The first driving member includes a first wire extending in a first axial direction, the second driving member includes a third wire extending in the first axial direction, and the first wire and the third wire Is a shape memory alloy,
    상기 가동부는 상기 제1구동부재 또는 상기 제2구동부재의 형상 변형에 의해 상기 제1축과 수직인 제2축을 기준으로 회전하는 카메라 구동 장치.And the movable part rotates about a second axis perpendicular to the first axis by the shape deformation of the first driving member or the second driving member.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 가동부는 서로 대향하는 제1걸림부와 제2걸림부를 포함하고,The movable portion includes a first catching portion and a second catching portion facing each other,
    상기 제1구동부재는 상기 제1걸림부에 걸린 제1고리부와, 상기 제1고리부로부터 상기 제1와이어와 이격되어 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제2와이어를 포함하고,The first driving member includes a first ring portion caught in the first catching portion, and a second wire spaced apart from the first wire from the first ring portion and extending in the first axial direction.
    상기 제2구동부재는 상기 제걸림부에 걸린 제2고리부와, 상기 제2고리부로부터 상기 제3와이어와 이격되어 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제4와이어를 포함하고,The second driving member includes a second ring portion caught in the locking portion, and a fourth wire spaced apart from the third wire from the second ring portion and extending in the first axial direction.
    상기 제2와이어와 상기 제4와이어는 형상 기억 합금인 카메라 구동 장치.And the second and fourth wires are shape memory alloys.
  3. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제1구동부재 및 상기 제2구동부재와 전기적으로 연결된 기판부를 더 포함하는 카메라 구동 장치.And a substrate part electrically connected to the first driving member and the second driving member.
  4. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재의 온도는 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재에 인가되는 전원에 의해 제어되는 카메라 구동 장치.And a temperature of the first driving member and the second driving member is controlled by a power applied to the first driving member and the second driving member.
  5. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재 사이에 배치된 제3구동부재; 및A third driving member disposed between the first driving member and the second driving member; And
    상기 제3구동부재와 이격되어 상기 제1구동부재와 상기 제2구동부재 사이에 배치된 제4구동부재를 더 포함하고,And a fourth driving member spaced apart from the third driving member and disposed between the first driving member and the second driving member.
    상기 제3구동부재와 상기 제4구동부재는 온도에 의해 상기 제1축 방향으로 형상이 제어되고,The third driving member and the fourth driving member is the shape is controlled in the first axis direction by the temperature,
    상기 가동부는 상기 제3구동부재와 상기 제4구동부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 경사진 제3축을 회전축으로 회전하는 카메라 구동 장치.And the movable part rotates a third axis inclined to both the first axis and the second axis by a shape control of at least one of the third driving member and the fourth driving member to a rotation axis.
  6. 제5항에 있어서,The method of claim 5,
    상기 제3축은 상기 제1축과 상기 제2축과 모두 수직인 카메라 구동 장치.And the third axis is perpendicular to both the first axis and the second axis.
  7. 제5항에 있어서,The method of claim 5,
    상기 가동부에 서로 이격되어 배치된 제5구동부재와 제6구동부재를 더 포함하고,Further comprising a fifth driving member and a sixth driving member spaced apart from each other in the movable part,
    상기 제5구동부재와 상기 제6구동부재는 온도에 의해 제3축 방향으로 형상이 제어되고,The fifth driving member and the sixth driving member is shaped in the third axis direction by temperature,
    상기 가동부는 상기 제5구동부재와 상기 제6구동부재 중 적어도 하나의 형상 제어에 의해 상기 제1축을 회전축으로 회전하는 카메라 구동 장치.And the movable part rotates the first axis to the rotational axis by controlling the shape of at least one of the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member.
  8. 제7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 제5구동부재와 상기 제6구동부재는 상기 제2축 방향으로 서로 이격되어 배치된 카메라 구동 장치.And the fifth driving member and the sixth driving member are spaced apart from each other in the second axis direction.
  9. 가동부;A movable part;
    상기 가동부에 배치되는 카메라; 및A camera disposed on the movable part; And
    상기 가동부의 중심에 대해 대칭으로 배치된 제1구동부재와 제2구동부재를 포함하고,A first driving member and a second driving member disposed symmetrically with respect to the center of the movable part,
    상기 제1구동부재는 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제1와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제2구동부재는 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제3와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제1와이어 및 상기 제3와이어는 형상 기억 합금이며,The first driving member includes a first wire extending in a first axial direction, the second driving member includes a third wire extending in the first axial direction, and the first wire and the third wire Is a shape memory alloy,
    상기 가동부는 상기 제1구동부재 또는 상기 제2구동부재의 형상 변형에 의해 상기 제1축과 수직인 제2축을 기준으로 회전하는 촬영 장치.And the movable part rotates about a second axis perpendicular to the first axis by the shape deformation of the first driving member or the second driving member.
  10. 본체;main body;
    상기 본체의 일측에 배치되고, 상기 본체를 부양시키는 원동부; 및A driving unit disposed on one side of the main body and supporting the main body; And
    상기 본체의 타측에 배치되는 촬영 장치를 포함하고,It includes a photographing device disposed on the other side of the main body,
    상기 촬영 장치는,The photographing apparatus,
    가동부;A movable part;
    상기 가동부에 배치되는 카메라; 및A camera disposed on the movable part; And
    상기 가동부의 중심에 대해 대칭으로 배치된 제1구동부재와 제2구동부재를 포함하고,A first driving member and a second driving member disposed symmetrically with respect to the center of the movable part,
    상기 제1구동부재는 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제1와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제2구동부재는 상기 제1축 방향으로 연장된 제3와이어를 포함하고, 상기 제1와이어 및 상기 제3와이어는 형상 기억 합금이며,The first driving member includes a first wire extending in a first axial direction, the second driving member includes a third wire extending in the first axial direction, and the first wire and the third wire Is a shape memory alloy,
    상기 가동부는 상기 제1구동부재 또는 상기 제2구동부재의 형상 변형에 의해 상기 제1축과 수직인 제2축을 기준으로 회전하는 비행 장치.And the movable part rotates about a second axis perpendicular to the first axis by the shape deformation of the first driving member or the second driving member.
PCT/KR2017/013744 2017-06-01 2017-11-29 Camera driving device, photographing device, and flight apparatus WO2018221798A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780091515.9A CN111032513B (en) 2017-06-01 2017-11-29 Camera driving device, shooting device and flying equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020170068592A KR102371337B1 (en) 2017-06-01 2017-06-01 Gimbal device, imaging device and flying device
KR10-2017-0068592 2017-06-01
KR10-2017-0109852 2017-08-30
KR10-2017-0109854 2017-08-30
KR1020170109852A KR102411121B1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-08-30 Driving device and flying device
KR1020170109854A KR102422322B1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-08-30 Driving device and flying device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018221798A1 true WO2018221798A1 (en) 2018-12-06
WO2018221798A8 WO2018221798A8 (en) 2019-12-19

Family

ID=64454820

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2017/013744 WO2018221798A1 (en) 2017-06-01 2017-11-29 Camera driving device, photographing device, and flight apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111032513B (en)
WO (1) WO2018221798A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IT202100001775A1 (en) * 2021-01-28 2022-07-28 Innova S P A ACTUATOR FOR ACTIVATION OF A DEVICE FOR THE HANDLING OF AT LEAST ONE CAMERA

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20100111983A (en) * 2009-04-08 2010-10-18 건국대학교 산학협력단 Rotor blade for rotorcraft to change sweep-back angle of the blade tip actively
KR20150141216A (en) * 2014-06-09 2015-12-18 서울대학교산학협력단 Device for Enhancing Aerodynamic Performance of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
KR101619836B1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2016-05-11 (주)아세아항측 Hyperspectral Remote monitoring system using drone
JP2016104893A (en) * 2013-02-26 2016-06-09 ザ・ボーイング・カンパニーThe Boeing Company Systems and methods for shape memory alloy structures
JP2016147519A (en) * 2015-02-10 2016-08-18 八洲電業株式会社 Flight vehicle

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20050101959A (en) * 2004-04-20 2005-10-25 주식회사 코맥스 Apparatus adjusting the angle of camera
CN104204935B (en) * 2012-02-16 2017-05-10 剑桥机电有限公司 shape memory alloy actuation apparatus
CN103576414B (en) * 2012-07-31 2018-04-20 深圳众赢时代科技有限公司 Image stabilizer and image-taking device
KR20150042681A (en) * 2013-10-11 2015-04-21 삼성전기주식회사 Camera module and portable electronic device including the same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20100111983A (en) * 2009-04-08 2010-10-18 건국대학교 산학협력단 Rotor blade for rotorcraft to change sweep-back angle of the blade tip actively
JP2016104893A (en) * 2013-02-26 2016-06-09 ザ・ボーイング・カンパニーThe Boeing Company Systems and methods for shape memory alloy structures
KR20150141216A (en) * 2014-06-09 2015-12-18 서울대학교산학협력단 Device for Enhancing Aerodynamic Performance of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
JP2016147519A (en) * 2015-02-10 2016-08-18 八洲電業株式会社 Flight vehicle
KR101619836B1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2016-05-11 (주)아세아항측 Hyperspectral Remote monitoring system using drone

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IT202100001775A1 (en) * 2021-01-28 2022-07-28 Innova S P A ACTUATOR FOR ACTIVATION OF A DEVICE FOR THE HANDLING OF AT LEAST ONE CAMERA
WO2022162706A1 (en) * 2021-01-28 2022-08-04 Innova S.P.A. Actuator, in particular for driving a device for moving at least one video camera

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111032513A (en) 2020-04-17
CN111032513B (en) 2023-08-08
WO2018221798A8 (en) 2019-12-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108698685A (en) Unmanned vehicle and its rack, external member, assemble method and operating method
WO2020171597A1 (en) Electronic device including antenna device
WO2017003140A1 (en) Dual camera module and optical device
WO2018052228A1 (en) Dual camera module, optical device, camera module, and method for operating camera module
WO2019182307A1 (en) Camera module and optical device comprising same
WO2019168342A1 (en) Lens driving device
WO2020242202A1 (en) Camera module
WO2020231083A1 (en) Electronic device comprising heat transfer structure
WO2017090940A1 (en) Lens driving device, and camera module and optical device including same
WO2020213862A1 (en) Camera module and optical device
CN107532770A (en) Drive device, head, capture apparatus and aircraft and movable equipment
WO2020004935A1 (en) Camera module and optical device including same
CN107250908A (en) Head, unmanned vehicle, capture apparatus and movable equipment
WO2018221798A1 (en) Camera driving device, photographing device, and flight apparatus
WO2020242039A1 (en) Liquid lens
WO2019199130A1 (en) Lens driving device and camera module including same
CN107209441A (en) Drive device, head, capture apparatus and unmanned vehicle and movable equipment
WO2021230557A1 (en) Camera actuator and camera device including same
WO2020130448A1 (en) Camera module comprising liquid lens and control method therefor
WO2021215796A1 (en) Camera module
WO2021066272A1 (en) Camera actuator and camera module including same
WO2023018213A1 (en) Lens driving device and camera module comprising same
WO2023018140A1 (en) Camera actuator and camera device comprising same
WO2023096287A1 (en) Camera actuator and camera module comprising same
WO2021235834A1 (en) Camera actuator and camera device comprising same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17912134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17912134

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1